+

WO2022011697A1 - Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022011697A1
WO2022011697A1 PCT/CN2020/102753 CN2020102753W WO2022011697A1 WO 2022011697 A1 WO2022011697 A1 WO 2022011697A1 CN 2020102753 W CN2020102753 W CN 2020102753W WO 2022011697 A1 WO2022011697 A1 WO 2022011697A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cluster
terminal device
information
data
resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/102753
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张云昊
徐修强
吴艺群
陈雁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/102753 priority Critical patent/WO2022011697A1/en
Priority to CN202080100275.6A priority patent/CN115462149A/en
Publication of WO2022011697A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022011697A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04Error control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device, which can be applied to multicast or broadcast transmission.
  • a multicast technology is known.
  • the network device can multicast (or broadcast) the downlink data to the cluster.
  • signaling overhead and resource overhead are saved.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device, which can improve the accuracy and reliability of multicast communication.
  • a first aspect provides a wireless communication method, the method includes: a network device sends downlink control information, the downlink control information includes one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, each A resource includes a resource for the cluster head terminal device to send first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for a cluster member terminal device to send the cluster head terminal device for the first data
  • the resource of the second feedback information of the first data, the first feedback information is determined based on the second feedback information; the network device sends the first data; the network device is in the one or more A first resource among the first resources receives the first feedback information.
  • the cluster head by carrying the indication information of the resources used for the cluster head to send the feedback information to the network device and the indication information of the resources used for the cluster members to send the feedback information to the cluster head in the downlink control information, the cluster head can Each terminal device in the device knows the resources used for sending feedback, and combines the multicast technology with the feedback mechanism, thereby improving the accuracy and reliability of the multicast communication.
  • the cluster head may retransmit the first data, or the cluster head may also indicate that the first data is correctly received.
  • the cluster member terminal device retransmits the first data.
  • the retransmission of the first data is performed within the cluster, and there is no need to retransmit the network device. Therefore, the signaling overhead of the network device can be saved, and the power consumption of the network device can be saved.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource.
  • the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the cluster head terminal device can blindly detect the second feedback information.
  • the cluster head terminal device when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is understood by the cluster head terminal device as the indication information of the first resource and the indication information of the second resource, so that the cluster head terminal device can receive the feedback information sent by the cluster member terminal device on the second resource.
  • the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  • the signaling overhead of the indication information of the first resource can be reduced.
  • the multiple first resources (specifically, the times corresponding to the first resources) are distributed at equal time intervals in the time domain.
  • the period (or, in other words, the time domain period) of the first resource is specified by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device through high-layer signaling.
  • the downlink control information further includes information about the period of the first resource.
  • the information about the period of the first resource includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information: information about the first period, information about the first quantity, and information about the period of the first resource, wherein the first period is the first time period from the time when the downlink control information is sent, or the first time period is the second time period from the time when the first data is sent, or the start time of the first time period There is a preset time interval between the time when the downlink control information is sent, or there is a preset time interval between the start time of the first time period and the time when the first data is sent, or the first time period for determining the time range of the plurality of first resources, and the first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
  • the downlink control information includes information of the first resource (in the time domain) and information of the last resource (in the time domain) among the plurality of first resources.
  • the retransmission of the first data in the cluster may be performed multiple times, and the receiving end of each retransmission may send feedback information for this retransmission to the cluster head (that is, the second feedback example of information).
  • the cluster head can send feedback information of multiple retransmissions to the network device.
  • the network device receives third feedback information on at least one of the one or more first resources, and the third feedback information is for the cluster head terminal The feedback information of the first data retransmitted by the device or the terminal device of the cluster member.
  • the first feedback information is the feedback information received by the network device for the i-th time, i ⁇ 1, and the first feedback information further includes the information used to determine the i+j-th received by the network device. information of the resource of the feedback information, j ⁇ 1.
  • the first feedback information further includes the location of the first resource used by the network device when receiving the feedback information for the first data sent by the cluster head terminal device next time.
  • a wireless communication method comprising: a cluster head terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, each The first resources include resources for the cluster head terminal device to send the first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resources include resources for the cluster member terminal devices to send the cluster head terminal devices for the first data.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource; in When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the first resource according to the information carried in the first field.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the first resource and the second resource according to the information carried in the first field.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device retransmits the first data. data; or the cluster head terminal device instructs one or more second cluster member terminal devices to retransmit the first data, wherein the second cluster member terminal device is the cluster member terminal that sent the second feedback information device, the second feedback information indicates that the first data is correctly received.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for retransmission of the first data .
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data.
  • receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data includes receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data at the fourth resource.
  • time interval There is a prescribed time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the transmission time of the sideline control information, and the time interval is prescribed by the communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-level signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
  • the time interval is prescribed by a communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-layer signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes the transmission as the retransmission of the first data The identification of the terminal device on the side.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, and the three fields include one or more third cluster members
  • the identifier of the terminal device, and the information carried in the fourth field is used to indicate whether the third cluster member device acts as the sender or the receiver of the retransmission of the first data.
  • the first feedback information is the feedback information sent by the cluster head terminal device for the i-th time, i ⁇ 1, and the first feedback information further includes a method for determining the i+th time of the cluster-head terminal device.
  • the information of the resource of the first feedback information is sent j times, and j ⁇ 1.
  • the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  • the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink
  • the transmission time of the control information passes through a period of the first duration, or the first time period is from the transmission time of the first data (for example, the transmission start time or the transmission end time)
  • a time period of a second duration or there is a preset time interval between the start time of the first time period and the transmission time of the downlink control information, or the start time of the first time period and the first data
  • There is a preset time interval between the sending moments of the or the first period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources
  • the first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
  • a wireless communication method comprising: a first cluster member terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource , each first resource includes a resource for a cluster head terminal device to send first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for a cluster member terminal device to send to the cluster head terminal device The resource for sending the second feedback information for the first data; the first cluster member terminal device receives the first data; the first cluster member terminal device sends the second time-frequency resource in the second time-frequency resource Second feedback information.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource; in When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the method further includes the first cluster member terminal device determining the second resource according to the information carried in the first field.
  • the method further comprises: receiving the first data retransmitted by the cluster head terminal device; or receiving the second cluster member terminal The first data retransmitted by the device, wherein the second cluster member terminal device includes a cluster member terminal device that correctly receives the first data.
  • the method further includes: sending third feedback information for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device.
  • sending the third feedback information for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device includes: sending a feedback message for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device on a fourth resource. Third feedback information.
  • time interval There is a specified time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the transmission time of the sideline control information, and the time interval is specified by the communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-level signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
  • the time interval is prescribed by a communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-layer signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
  • the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device retransmits the first data to the third cluster member terminal device.
  • the third cluster member terminal device includes a cluster member terminal device that does not correctly receive the first data.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first cluster member terminal device, sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for the transmission of the first data. Retransmission.
  • the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes a retransmission as the first data The identifier of the terminal device of the sender.
  • the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, and the three fields include one or more third fields.
  • the identifier of the cluster member terminal device, and the information carried in the fourth field is used to indicate that the third cluster member device acts as the sender or the receiver of the retransmission of the first data.
  • a wireless communication method comprising: a network device sending downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, the first resource
  • the second resource includes resources for the cluster member terminal device to send the first data to the cluster head terminal device, and the first resource includes the first resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first data for the first data to the network device resources for feedback information, and/or the first resource includes the second data for the cluster head terminal device to send to the network device, where the second data includes the first data sent by each cluster member terminal device ; the network device receives the first feedback information at one of the one or more first resources; and/or the network device is at one of the one or more first resources The first resource receives the second data.
  • the first data may be understood as data that the cluster member terminal device needs to forward to the network device through the cluster head terminal device.
  • the cluster head by carrying in the downlink control information the indication information of the resource for the cluster head to send feedback information to the network device, and the indication information for the cluster member to send the first resource to the cluster head, the cluster head can make the cluster head
  • the terminal device knows the resources used for sending feedback, and combines the sidelink transmission technology with the feedback mechanism, thereby improving the accuracy and reliability of the sidelink communication.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource.
  • the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the cluster head terminal device can blindly detect the second feedback information.
  • the cluster head terminal device when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is understood by the cluster head terminal device as the indication information of the first resource and the indication information of the second resource, so that the cluster head terminal device can receive the first data sent by the cluster member terminal device on the second resource.
  • the first feedback information is the feedback information received by the network device for the i-th time, i ⁇ 1, and the first feedback information further includes the feedback information used to determine the i+j-th received feedback by the network device.
  • the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  • the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink
  • the sending moment of the control information goes through a period of the first duration, or the first period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources, or the start moment of the first period and the downlink control information are different.
  • a wireless communication method comprising: a cluster head terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource,
  • the second resource includes resources for the cluster member terminal device to send the first data to the cluster head terminal device, and the first resource includes the first resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first data to the network device.
  • resources for feedback information and/or the first resources include resources for the cluster head terminal device to send second data to the network device, the second data including the first data sent by each cluster member terminal device;
  • the cluster head terminal device receives the first data in the second resource; the cluster head terminal device determines the first feedback information for the first data; the cluster head terminal device is in the one or One first resource among the plurality of first resources sends the first feedback information.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource.
  • the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the second resource and the first resource according to the information carried in the first field.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device instructing the first cluster member terminal device to retransmit the first data.
  • the cluster head terminal device does not correctly receive the first data sent by the first cluster member terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes a cluster member terminal device that needs to retransmit the first data 's identification.
  • the first feedback information is the feedback information sent by the cluster head terminal device for the i-th time, i ⁇ 1, and the first feedback information further includes a method for determining the i+th time of the cluster-head terminal device.
  • the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  • the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink
  • the sending moment of the control information goes through a period of a first duration, and the first quantity is the quantity of the first resource within the first period.
  • a wireless communication method comprising: a first cluster member terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource , the first resource includes a resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for the cluster member terminal device to send the cluster head terminal device to the cluster head terminal device The resource for sending the first data; the first cluster member terminal device sends the first data on the second resource.
  • the downlink control information includes a first field
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource.
  • the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information
  • the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  • the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device retransmitting the first data according to the instruction of the cluster head terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first cluster member terminal device, sideline control information, the sideline control information including a second field, and the second field including a message that needs to retransmit the first data. ID of the cluster member terminal device.
  • a communication apparatus including each module or unit for performing the method in any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a communication device comprising a processor, coupled to a memory, operable to perform the method of any one of the first to sixth aspects and possible implementations thereof.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface to which the processor is coupled.
  • the communication device is a device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip or a system of chips.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a communication device comprising: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner of each of the aspects are method is implemented.
  • the above communication device may be a chip
  • the input circuit may be an input pin
  • the output circuit may be an output pin
  • the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver
  • the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter
  • the circuits can be different circuits or the same circuit, in which case the circuit is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit specific implementations of the processor and various circuits.
  • a processing apparatus including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects and various possible implementations thereof. Methods.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be separately provided on different chips
  • ROM read only memory
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the type of the memory and the manner of setting the memory and the processor.
  • the relevant data interaction process such as sending indication information, may be a process of outputting indication information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by the processor.
  • the data output by the processing can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can be from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the processor in the tenth aspect above may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software
  • the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor or located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • An eleventh aspect provides a processing device, comprising: a communication interface and a processing circuit, where the communication interface is configured to send downlink control according to the method in the first aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof information, and the processing circuit is configured to generate the downlink control information.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a processing device, comprising: a communication interface and a processing circuit, where the communication interface is used to acquire downlink control information to be processed, and the processing circuit is used to obtain the downlink control information according to the second aspect and the third aspect
  • the method in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof processes the downlink control information to be processed.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions) that, when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect A method in any one of the to sixth aspects and any possible implementation of each of the aspects.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instructions
  • a fourteenth aspect provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when it is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute the above-mentioned first A method in any one of the aspects to the sixth aspect and any possible implementation of the aspects thereof.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or instruction
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, including the aforementioned network device, cluster head terminal device and cluster member terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a system to which the wireless communication method of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of the wireless communication method of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of the wireless communication method of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of the wireless communication apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of another example of the wireless communication apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of still another example of the wireless communication device of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • CDMA wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved Public Land Mobile Networks (PLMN)
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • a terminal device, etc. is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) system or a Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA)
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (Evolved) in the LTE system.
  • NodeB eNB or eNodeB
  • it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario
  • the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future
  • the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the solution of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the network device can be any device with a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be provided in the device, and the network device includes but is not limited to: a base station (for example, a base station NodeB, an evolved base station eNodeB, a fifth-generation (5G) ) network equipment in communication systems (such as transmission point (TP), transmission reception point (TRP), base station, small base station equipment, etc.), network equipment in future communication systems, wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity) -Fidelity, WiFi) access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. in the system.
  • a base station for example, a base station NodeB, an evolved base station eNodeB, a fifth-generation (5G)
  • network equipment in communication systems such as transmission point (TP), transmission reception point (TRP), base station, small base station equipment, etc.
  • TP transmission point
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • small base station equipment small base station equipment, etc.
  • wireless fidelity Wireless
  • Terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone (
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit application scenarios.
  • the aforementioned terminal device and the chip that can be provided in the aforementioned terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items pass through communication technology. Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and the interconnection of things.
  • the IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrowband (Narrow Band, NB) technology.
  • the resource used in the NB technology only includes one resource block (Resource Bloc, RB), that is, the bandwidth of the resource used in the NB technology is only 180KHz.
  • the terminals must be discrete in terms of access. According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the congestion problem when massive terminals of IoT technology access the network through the NB can be effectively solved.
  • the communication system may be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device to device (D2D) network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, or other networks.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • FIG. 1 is a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding only, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices and terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a memory management unit (Memory Management Unit, MMU), and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed to provide the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
  • various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, Compact Disc (CD), Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), cards, stick or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • multiple application programs may be run at the application layer.
  • the application program that executes the communication method of the embodiment of the present application is used to control the receiving end device to complete the received data.
  • the applications of the corresponding actions may be different applications.
  • a cluster can include one or more cluster heads and one or more cluster members.
  • the cluster head may also be referred to as a cluster head, a cluster head terminal device, a cluster head terminal device, or a cooperating terminal device (Cooperating UE, CUE).
  • Cluster members may also be called cluster member terminal equipment, target terminal equipment (Targeting UE, TUE).
  • the cluster head can perform inter-device communication with multiple (eg, some or all) cluster members, for example, perform inter-device communication through a side link (Sidelink).
  • multiple cluster members are capable of inter-device communication with each other.
  • the identities of cluster heads and cluster members can be switched.
  • the channel quality between some terminals and the base station is poor.
  • terminal devices with poor channel quality and One or more terminal devices with good channel quality form a cluster, and a terminal device with good channel quality (for example, can act as a cluster head) assists a terminal device with poor channel quality (for example, can act as a cluster member) to forward data.
  • mMTC Massive machine-type communications
  • multiple terminal devices with the same or similar service types, or terminal devices that need to receive the same or similar downlink data may form a cluster.
  • the network device may multicast downlink information to the terminal devices in the cluster.
  • a terminal device with higher performance or sufficient power can be selected as the cluster head. In other cases, a terminal device with less load or better channel quality can be selected as the cluster head.
  • a communication system may include one cluster or multiple clusters, and the communication process of each cluster is similar.
  • cluster #A (or, it may also be referred to as a terminal device cluster)
  • the communication process of #A) is taken as an example, and the wireless communication method of the present application will be described in detail.
  • Fig. 2 shows the transmission process of downlink data of the present application.
  • a network device when a network device needs to send data to multiple terminal devices in cluster #A (for example, it may be some or all of the terminal devices in cluster #A)
  • the network device may send downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) to each terminal device in cluster #A by multicast (or broadcast).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • the DCI may be carried on a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)
  • the DCI includes indication information of time-frequency resources of a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), and the PDSCH is used for carrying network equipment and needs to be sent to multiple (for example, some or all) data #A of the terminal device.
  • a physical downlink shared channel Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH
  • the terminal equipment in cluster #A can blindly detect DCI, and then determine time-frequency resource #A according to the received DCI.
  • the network device transmits the data #A on the PDSCH (or the time-frequency resource corresponding to the PDSCH), and the terminal devices in the cluster #A receive the data #A on the PDSCH.
  • the data #A may be initial transmission data or retransmission data, which is not particularly limited in this application.
  • the cluster members (or cluster member terminal devices) in cluster #A send feedback for data #A to the cluster head (or cluster head terminal devices, denoted as cluster head #A) in cluster #A information (that is, an example of the second feedback information, referred to as feedback information #B1).
  • the process of sending the feedback information #B1 by each cluster member is similar. Here, for ease of understanding, the process is described in detail by taking the cluster member #A as an example.
  • the cluster member #A generates feedback information #B1 of the cluster member #A for the data #A sent by the network device according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #A.
  • the process may be similar to that in the prior art, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
  • the cluster member #A transmits the feedback information #B1 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B1 (ie, an example of the second resource).
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A sends the time-frequency resource (ie, an example of the second resource) to the cluster head #A when the feedback information for the data #A sent by the network device is used.
  • the time-frequency resource ie, an example of the second resource
  • they may be the same or different, and are not particularly limited in the present application.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A sends the feedback information for data #A sent by the network device to cluster head #A
  • the time-frequency resources used are the same, that is, when they are all the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B1
  • each cluster member The same time-frequency resource can be used to transmit the respective feedback information by means of code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing, or space division multiplexing.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 may be carried in the DCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the DCI may instruct the network device to allocate time-frequency resources to the cluster #A, and the cluster head #A may inform each cluster member of the time-frequency resource allocation rules in advance, so that the cluster members can #A can determine the time-frequency resource #B1 from the time-frequency resources allocated to the cluster #A according to the allocation rule.
  • each cluster member can be carried in the DCI to send the feedback information for the data #A. Indication information of the time-frequency resources used in the feedback information.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B1) of the time-frequency resource #B1 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B1).
  • the indication information of the frequency domain location #B1 may be carried in the "Physical Uplink Control Channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) resource indication field" of the DCI.
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B1 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B1, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B1 and the reference time domain position (for example, t1 shown in FIG. 2 )
  • the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the transmission time of DCI, or the transmission time of data #A (or, in other words, the PDSCH carrying data #A).
  • the indication information of time domain position #B1 may be carried in the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B1 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B1 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B1.
  • the cluster head #A can determine the time-frequency resource #B1 based on the indication of the DCI, so that the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for data #A sent by each cluster member on the time-frequency resource #B1.
  • the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A1 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) according to the feedback information for the data #A sent by each cluster member and whether it has correctly received the data #A.
  • feedback information #A1 ie, an example of the first feedback information
  • the feedback information #A1 may include, but is not limited to, any of the following manners (or indicate content).
  • the feedback information #A1 includes feedback information for data #A of each terminal device within cluster #A.
  • the feedback information #A1 includes N bits, the N bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the N terminal devices in the cluster #A, and each bit is used to carry the feedback information for the data #A of the corresponding terminal device , for example, acknowledgment (ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK).
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • NACK non-acknowledgement
  • each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following two situations:
  • 1 bit can be used to distinguish the above case 1 and case 2, for example, "0" represents case 1, and "1" represents case 2.
  • the feedback information #A1 can be used to indicate the situation in the above-mentioned case 1 or case 2 that conforms to the actual reception result of the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A), Remember to do, case #A.
  • the feedback information #A1 may include bits corresponding to the case #A.
  • each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following four situations:
  • cluster head #A receives correctly, and at least one cluster member does not receive correctly;
  • the cluster head #A is not correctly received, and at least one cluster member is correctly received;
  • the feedback information #A1 can be used to indicate the cases in the above-mentioned cases a to c that correspond to the actual reception results of the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A), Remember to do, case #A.
  • the feedback information #A1 may include a bit sequence corresponding to the case #A.
  • the UCI sequence carried on the PUCCH may include multiple (at least three) cyclic shifts.
  • each of the above cases a to case c corresponds to a cyclic shift.
  • a mapping relationship #1 may be stored in the network device and the cluster head, where the mapping relationship #1 is used to indicate the cyclic shift corresponding to each of the cases a to the case c.
  • the cluster head #A is based on the cases corresponding to the actual reception results of the data #A for the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A) among the above-mentioned cases a to c (that is, the case #A). )
  • the corresponding cyclic shift (denoted, cyclic shift #A) transmits UCI on the PUCCH.
  • the feedback information #A1 can be indirectly indicated by the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #A.
  • the cyclic shift corresponding to the situation #A is an implementation of the feedback information #A1.
  • the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A1 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A1 (ie, an example of the first resource).
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #A1) of the time-frequency resource #A1 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #A1).
  • the indication information of the frequency domain location #A1 may be carried in the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #A1 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #A1, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #A1 and the reference time domain position (for example, t2 shown in FIG. 3 )
  • the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the transmission time of DCI, or the transmission time of data #A (or, in other words, the PDSCH carrying data #A).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #A1 may be carried in the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI.
  • the indication information of the time domain location #A1 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this.
  • the indication information of the time domain location #A1 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #A1.
  • the time window formed by a specified duration T from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) includes U data for the cluster head #A to send the feedback information to the network device.
  • Time domain resource (noted, t U ).
  • the DCI may include information of the time interval t U between the feedback information of two adjacent clusters, or, in other words, the DCI may include the period during which the cluster head #A sends the feedback information to the network device.
  • the DCI may further include information of the duration T.
  • the DCI may also include the value of U.
  • the DCI may include information used to determine the first time domain resource for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device, the time interval tu, and the information indicating the value of U.
  • One or more pieces of the above-mentioned information may be regarded as indication information of time-domain position #A1, that is, one or more pieces of information in the above-mentioned information may implicitly indicate the indication information of time-domain position #A1, in this case, the cluster Head #A can calculate the time, including time domain position #1, for cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device according to the above information carried in the DCI and the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH).
  • the indication information of time domain location #A1 and the indication information of time domain location #B1 may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #1). That is, when the cluster head #A reads the information #1 from the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI), it is considered that the information #1 indicates the time domain position #A1; cluster member #A When the information #1 is read from the DCI, it can be considered that the information #1 indicates the time domain position #B1.
  • the cluster head #A reads the information #1 from the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the time domain location #A1 and the time domain location # B1.
  • the information #1 indicates the time domain location #A1 and the time domain location # B1.
  • the time domain position of the time-frequency resource (for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of the PDSCH) for the cluster head to send the feedback information to the network device has X possible situations, and the cluster members There are Y possible situations for the time-domain position of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head (eg, the time-domain position relative to the time interval of the PDSCH). That is, the X cases and the Y cases constitute X ⁇ Y possible combinations.
  • entry 1 may be stored in the network device, and entry 1 may store the one-to-one correspondence between X ⁇ Y possible combinations and X ⁇ Y indices.
  • table entry 1 may be stored, or, in the cluster head #A, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the X ⁇ Y indices may be stored in the cluster head #A.
  • Time domain location ie, one of the X possible locations above).
  • table entry 1 may be stored, or the cluster member may store the time domain of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the X ⁇ Y indices. position (ie, one of the Y possible positions above).
  • the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #A) corresponding to the combination (denoted, combination #A) formed by time domain location #A1 and time domain location #B1 according to table entry #1.
  • the index #A is carried in the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI).
  • each index eg, index #A
  • the corresponding relationship between the index and the time domain position A1 and the time domain position B1 may be preset or configured by a network device.
  • the cluster head #A can determine the index #A from the stored table entry, and then determine the time domain position #A1 (or, the time domain position #A1 and the time domain position #B1), and the cluster member #A can be stored from the stored table entry #A.
  • the index #A is determined in the entry of , and then the time domain position #B1 is determined.
  • the indication information of frequency domain location #A1 and the indication information of frequency domain location #B1 may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #2). That is, when the cluster head #A reads the information #2 from the DCI (for example, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the frequency domain location #A1; the cluster member #A is reading the information from the DCI When the information #2 is obtained, it can be considered that the information #2 indicates the frequency domain position #B1.
  • the cluster head #A reads the information #2 from the DCI (for example, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the frequency domain location #A1 and the frequency domain location #B1.
  • a table entry 2 may be stored in the network device, and the table entry 2 may store a one-to-one correspondence between W ⁇ Z possible combinations and W ⁇ Z indices.
  • table entry 2 may be stored, or in the cluster head #A, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the W ⁇ Z indices may be stored in the cluster head #A.
  • Frequency domain location ie, one of the above W possible locations).
  • table entry 2 may be stored, or the cluster member may store the frequency domain of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the W ⁇ Z indices. position (ie, one of the Z possible positions described above).
  • the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #B) corresponding to the combination (denoted, combination #B) formed by frequency domain location #A1 and frequency domain location #B1 according to table entry #2.
  • the index #B is carried in the DCI (eg, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI).
  • the cluster head #A can determine the index #B from the stored table entry, and then determine the frequency domain position #A1 (or, the frequency domain position #A1 and the frequency domain position #B1), and the cluster member #A can be determined from the stored table entry #A1.
  • the index #B is determined in the table entry of , and then the frequency domain position #B1 is determined.
  • cluster head #A controls the terminal number devices in cluster #A to perform a process of retransmission within the cluster, and subsequently, combined with Figures 3 and 4 illustrate this process in detail.
  • the network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A1.
  • the network device may end the sending process of the data #A, and may send new data.
  • the network device retransmits data #A, eg, the network device retransmits (ie, multicasts or broadcasts) data #A , or, send (ie, multicast or broadcast) a redundant version of data #A.
  • the network device may wait for the intra-cluster retransmission process for the data #A in the cluster #A.
  • the purpose of the intra-cluster retransmission process is to enable a cluster member that does not correctly receive data #A to correctly receive data #A from within cluster #A, and the cluster member that does not correctly receive data #A may be one or another
  • This application is not particularly limited. In the following, for the convenience of understanding and description, it is assumed that cluster member #A does not correctly receive data #A, and the action of cluster member #A in the retransmission process is taken as an example, the retransmission process is explained.
  • FIG. 3 shows the procedure when the cluster head #A correctly receives the data #A.
  • cluster head #A can send sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), the SCI includes indication information of time-frequency resource #C, and the time-frequency resource #C is the physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Control Information, SCI).
  • Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH Sidelink Shared Channel
  • PSSCH Sidelink Shared Channel
  • the PSSCH is used to carry the data #B that the cluster head #A needs to send to the cluster members (for example, the cluster member #A) that does not receive the data #A correctly
  • the Data #B can be data #A, or data #B can also be a redundant version of data #A, or data #B can be different from data #A in encoding methods (including encoding type, code rate, encoding length, etc.)
  • the data #B and the data #A may be data encoded by the same information bits based on different encoding methods.
  • the SCI may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
  • the SCI may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #A that did not correctly receive data #A, so that each cluster member in cluster #A determines whether its own identifier is carried in the SCI. If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI, and needs to receive data based on the indication of the SCI.
  • the SCI may not include the identifiers of the cluster members that did not receive the data #A correctly, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether it is the receiving end of the SCI according to whether the data #A is correctly received. , and whether data needs to be received based on an SCI-based indication. That is, if a certain cluster member (eg, cluster member #A) does not correctly receive data #A, the cluster member #A determines that the SCI needs to be parsed, and needs to receive data based on the SCI's indication.
  • the SCI of the present application may include field #A and field #B.
  • the field #B carries the identifiers of one or more terminal devices (denoted as identifier #1).
  • the information carried in the field #A is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender or the receiver of the data. For example, “1" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender of data, and "0" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the receiver of the data.
  • the field #B carries the identifier of the cluster head #A
  • the information carried in the field #A indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier carried in the field #B is the sender of the data, that is, , and field #A carries "1".
  • cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster head #A) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #B, and because the cluster member #A does not correctly receive data #A, therefore, it is determined that it needs to receive the data scheduled by this SCI (ie, data #B).
  • the SCI of the present application may include field #C.
  • the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of the data (for example, retransmitted data).
  • the field #C carries the identifier of the cluster head #A.
  • cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster head #A) indicated by the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of data #B, and since cluster member #A Data #A is not received correctly, so it is determined that the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) needs to be received.
  • cluster members within cluster #A can blindly detect SCI.
  • cluster head #A sends data #B on time-frequency resource #C
  • cluster member #A receives data #B on time-frequency resource #C.
  • the cluster member #A generates feedback information #B2 of the cluster member #A with respect to the data #B sent by the cluster head #A according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #B. .
  • the cluster member #A sends the feedback information #B2 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B2 (ie, an example of the second resource).
  • the above-mentioned SCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2.
  • the network device may send the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 through high-layer signaling.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A is the time-frequency resource (that is, the second resource) used when sending feedback information for data #B to cluster head #A.
  • the time-frequency resource that is, the second resource
  • An example may be the same or different, and is not particularly limited in the present application.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses the same time-frequency resource when sending the feedback information for data #B, that is, the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B2
  • each cluster member may use the same time-frequency resource.
  • Code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing or space division multiplexing etc. use the same time-frequency resource to transmit respective feedback information.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 may be carried in the SCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not receive data #A correctly uses different time-frequency resources when sending feedback information for data #B each cluster member can be carried in the SCI to send feedback for data #B Indication information of the time-frequency resources used in the information. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B2) of the time-frequency resource #B2 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B2).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B2 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B2, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B2 and the reference time domain position (for example, t3 shown in FIG. 3 )
  • the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending time of the SCI, or the sending time of the data #B (or, in other words, the PSSCH carrying the data #B).
  • the SCI may further include the indication information of the t3, or the t3 may also be configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B2 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B2 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B2.
  • the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for the data #B sent by each cluster member in the cluster #A that has not correctly received the data #A.
  • the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A2 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) based on the feedback information for the data #B.
  • the feedback information #A2 may include, but is not limited to, any of the following manners (or, in other words, indicating content).
  • this feedback information #A2 includes feedback information for data #B for each cluster member within cluster #A that did not receive data #A correctly.
  • the feedback information #A2 includes N bits, and the N bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the N terminal equipments in the cluster #A, and each bit is used to carry the feedback information of the corresponding terminal equipment, for example, an acknowledgment (ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK).
  • ACK acknowledgment
  • NACK non-acknowledgement
  • reception conditions of each cluster member in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following two situations:
  • 1 bit can be used to distinguish the above case 3 and case 4, for example, "0" represents case 3, and "1" represents case 4.
  • the feedback information #A2 can be used to indicate that the conforming cluster #A in the above-mentioned case 3 or case 4 (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not receive the data #A correctly) is for the data #B
  • the case of the actual reception result is recorded as case #B.
  • the feedback information #A2 may include bits corresponding to the case #B.
  • each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following three situations:
  • cluster head #A receives correctly, and at least one cluster member does not receive correctly;
  • cluster head #A does not receive correctly, and at least one cluster member receives correctly.
  • the feedback information #A2 can be used to indicate that the conforming cluster #A (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not correctly receive the data #A) in the above-mentioned cases a to c is for the data #B
  • the case of the actual reception result is recorded as case #B.
  • the feedback information #A2 may include the bit sequence corresponding to the case #B.
  • a PUCCH sequence eg, a ZC sequence
  • each of the above cases a to case c corresponds to a cyclic shift.
  • a mapping relationship #1 may be stored in the network device and the cluster head, where the mapping relationship #1 is used to indicate the cyclic shift corresponding to each of the cases a to c.
  • the cluster head #A is based on the actual reception result of the data #B corresponding to the cluster #A (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not correctly receive the data #A) in the above-mentioned cases a to c.
  • the cyclic shift (denoted, cyclic shift #B) corresponding to the case (ie, case #B) transmits the PUCCH.
  • the feedback information #A2 can be indirectly indicated by the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #B.
  • the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #B is an implementation manner of the feedback information #A2.
  • the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A2 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A2 (ie, an example of the first resource).
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A2.
  • the content and form indicated by the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A2 are similar to the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
  • time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #2) of the time-frequency resource #A2 and the time-domain position (ie, time-domain position #1) of the time-frequency resource #A1 are There is a defined time interval (eg, t6 in Figure 3).
  • this t6 is the same as t2, that is, in the present application, multiple intra-cluster retransmissions may occur.
  • the time domain resources for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device appear periodically, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the time window formed by a specified duration T from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) includes U time points ( Remember to do, t U ).
  • the DCI may include information of the time interval t U between the feedback information of two adjacent clusters, or, in other words, the DCI may include the period during which the cluster head #A sends the feedback information to the network device.
  • the DCI may further include information of the duration T.
  • the DCI may also include the value of U.
  • the cluster head #A can calculate the time domain position #1 and the time domain position #2 for the cluster head #A to send feedback to the network device. moment of information.
  • the DCI may carry the indication information of t6.
  • the DCI may carry indication information of the time interval.
  • the cluster head #A may also perform the retransmission process again, for example, send data #A, data #B or another of data #A.
  • a redundant version, and the process may be similar to the transmission process of data #B, and its detailed description is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
  • the network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A2.
  • the network device can end the data #A A's sending process, and can send new data.
  • the network device may Continue to wait for the intra-cluster retransmission process for data #A (or, data #B) in cluster #A.
  • FIG. 4 shows the procedure when the cluster head #A does not correctly receive the data #A.
  • the cluster head #A can send SCI#1, the SCI#1 includes the indication information of the time-frequency resource #D, the time-frequency resource #D is the physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH) time and the PSSCH is used to carry the data #C that the cluster member #C needs to send to the cluster member (for example, the cluster member #A) that does not receive the data #A correctly, where the data #C can be the data #A , or, the data #C may also be a redundant version of the data #A, or the data #C may be different from the encoding mode (including encoding type, code rate, encoding length, etc.) of the data #A. Specifically, the data #C and data #A may be data encoded by the same information bits based on different encoding methods.
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared Channel
  • cluster member #C is a cluster member that correctly receives data #A.
  • the number of the cluster member #C may be one or more, which is not particularly limited in the present application.
  • the SCI#1 may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
  • the SCI#1 can carry the identifier of the cluster member #C, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether its own identifier is carried in the SCI#1 (specifically, it is specified in the SCI#1). A field used to carry the identifier of the sender of the data scheduled by the SCI). If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the transmitting end of the SCI #1, and it is necessary to transmit data (ie, data #C) based on the indication of the SCI #1.
  • the SCI#1 may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #A that have not correctly received data #A, so that each cluster member in cluster #A determines whether their own identifiers are carried in the SCI# 1 (specifically, a field specified in SCI#1 for carrying the identifier of the receiving end of the data scheduled by this SCI#1). If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI#1, and needs to receive data based on the indication of the SCI#1.
  • the SCI#1 may not include the identifiers of the cluster members that did not correctly receive the data #A, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether it is the SCI# according to whether the data #A is correctly received. 1, and whether it needs to receive data based on the indication of SCI#1. That is, if a certain cluster member (eg, cluster member #A) does not correctly receive data #A, the cluster member #A determines that it needs to receive data based on the indication of SCI #1.
  • cluster member #A eg, cluster member #A
  • SCI#1 of the present application may include field #A and field #B.
  • the field #B carries the identifiers of one or more terminal devices (denoted as identifier #1).
  • the information carried in the field #A is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender or the receiver of the data. For example, “1" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender of data, and "0" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the receiver of the data.
  • the field #B carries the identifier of the cluster member #C
  • the information carried in the field #A indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier carried in the field #B is the sender of the data, that is, , and field #A carries "1".
  • cluster member #C can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #C, so that cluster member # C can transmit data (ie, data #C) based on the schedule of this SCI #1.
  • Cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #C, and because cluster member #A is incorrect Data #A is received, and therefore, it is determined that the data scheduled by this SCI #1 (ie, data #C) needs to be received.
  • the SCI of the present application may include field #C.
  • the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of the data (for example, retransmitted data).
  • the field #C carries the identifier of the cluster member #C.
  • Cluster member #C can determine, based on the information carried in field #C, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of data #C, so that cluster member #C can Scheduled transmission data of SCI #1 (ie, data #C).
  • cluster member #A can determine that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried by field #C is the sender of data #B based on the information carried by field #A, and since cluster member #A Data #A is not received correctly, so it is determined that the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) needs to be received.
  • cluster members within cluster #A can blindly detect SCI #1.
  • cluster member #C transmits data #C on time-frequency resource #D
  • cluster member #A receives data #C on time-frequency resource #D.
  • the cluster member #C may also send SCI#2, where the SCI#2 is used to indicate the time-frequency resource #D.
  • the cluster member #A generates feedback information #B3 of the cluster member #A for the data #C sent by the cluster member #C according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #C.
  • the cluster member #A sends the feedback information #B3 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B3 (ie, an example of the second resource).
  • the above-mentioned SCI#2 (or SCI#1) carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3.
  • the network device may send the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 through high-layer signaling.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A is the time-frequency resource (that is, the second resource) used when sending feedback information for data #C to cluster head #A.
  • the time-frequency resource that is, the second resource used when sending feedback information for data #C to cluster head #A.
  • An example may be the same or different, and is not particularly limited in the present application.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses the same time-frequency resource when sending the feedback information for data #C, that is, the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B3, each cluster member can use the same time-frequency resource.
  • Code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing or space division multiplexing etc. use the same time-frequency resource to transmit respective feedback information.
  • the indication information of time-frequency resource #B3 may be carried in SCI#2 (or SCI#1), so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses different frequency resources when sending feedback information for data #C
  • each cluster member can be carried in SCI #2 (or SCI #1) Indication information of the time-frequency resource used when sending the feedback information for data #C. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B3) of the time-frequency resource #B3 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B3).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B3 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B3, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B3 and the reference time domain position (for example, t5 shown in FIG. 4 )
  • the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending time of SCI#2 (or, SCI#1), or the sending time of data #C (or, in other words, the PSSCH carrying data #C).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B3 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #B3 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B3.
  • the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for the data #B sent by each cluster member in the cluster #A that has not correctly received the data #A.
  • the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A3 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) based on the feedback information for the data #C.
  • the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A3 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A3 (ie, an example of the first resource).
  • the indication manner, content and sending process of the feedback information #A3 may be similar to those of the above-mentioned feedback information #A2, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
  • the cluster head #A may also perform the retransmission process again.
  • the cluster head #A can perform intra-cluster retransmission. This process is similar to the process shown in FIG. 3 , and its detailed description is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
  • the cluster head #A correctly receives the data #C, it can also instruct the cluster member #D to retransmit the data #A, and the cluster member #D may be the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A, or the cluster member # D may be a cluster member that correctly receives data #B.
  • the process is similar to the process shown in FIG. 3 , and its detailed description is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
  • the network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A3, and the process may be similar to the operation of the above-mentioned network device based on the feedback information #A2.
  • the detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until all terminal devices in cluster #A correctly receive data #A or data #A Redundant version.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until the data #A or the redundant version of the data #A is correctly received in the cluster #A.
  • the number of terminal equipment is greater than or equal to the preset value #1.
  • the value #1 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high-level signaling, or the value #1 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the value #1 can be configured by the terminal in the cluster.
  • the cluster head is determined.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 can be repeated multiple times until the data #A or the redundant version of the data #A is correctly received in the cluster #A.
  • the ratio of terminal equipment is greater than or equal to the preset value #2.
  • the value #2 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high-level signaling, or the value #2 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the value #2 can be configured by the cluster. First confirmed.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4 can be repeated multiple times until the number of repetitions reaches a preset threshold #1, and the threshold #1 can be configured by the network side through high-level signaling.
  • the threshold #1 can be sent by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through DCI, or the threshold #1 can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until the time length elapsed since the moment when DCI (or PDSCH) is received reaches a preset threshold.
  • the threshold #2 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold #2 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold #2 can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the feedback information sent by the cluster head #A to the network device for the last time be feedback information #X
  • the transmission time of the feedback information #X be the same as the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH)
  • the time interval of time and time is t4, and the indication information of t4 may be carried in the DCI.
  • the duration of t4 may also be specified by a communication protocol, or preconfigured by high-layer signaling.
  • t1 to t6 may have various possible values.
  • the multiple possible values may be maintained in the network device and the terminal device respectively.
  • the multiple possible values may be semi-statically configured by the network device.
  • the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value in the DCI or the SCI, the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value.
  • the time window formed by the lapse of a specified period of time from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) may include multiple times for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device, and the cluster head #A A and the network device may not need to transmit feedback information at every moment.
  • the feedback information sent by cluster head #A to the network device for the i-th time (i ⁇ 1) may include the i+1-th time to send feedback to the network device moment of information.
  • the time of sending the feedback information to the network device for the i+1th time may be determined by the cluster head according to whether the cluster member on which the feedback information sent to the network device for the i-th time is based on correctly receives data.
  • Figures 5 and 6 show the transmission process of uplink data of the present application.
  • the network device As shown in Figures 5 and 6, when multiple terminal devices in cluster #1 need to send uplink data to the network device, at S210, the network device
  • the DCI can be sent to each terminal device in cluster #1 by multicast (or broadcast).
  • the DCI may be carried on the PDCCH.
  • the DCI includes indication information of time-frequency resources of the PSSCH. That is, the time-frequency resource of the PSSCH is the time-frequency resource for each cluster member in cluster #1 to transmit uplink data to cluster head #1 for the first time.
  • the terminal equipment in cluster #1 can blindly detect DCI, and then determine the time-frequency resource of PSSCH according to the received DCI.
  • the cluster members in cluster #1 send their respective data to the cluster head (denoted, cluster head #1) in cluster #1 (wherein, the data is the data that needs to be sent to the network device via cluster head #1) ).
  • cluster member #1 sends uplink data (denoted, data #1) to cluster head #1 on the time-frequency resource (denoted, time-frequency resource #1a) of the PSSCH indicated by the DCI.
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a.
  • time-frequency resources used by each cluster member in cluster #1 to send uplink data to cluster head #1 may be the same or different, which is not particularly limited in this application.
  • each cluster member can use code division multiplexing, frequency division
  • the same time-frequency resource is used to transmit the respective feedback information by means of multiplexing or space division multiplexing.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a may be carried in the DCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the DCI may instruct the network device to allocate time-frequency resources to the cluster #1, and the cluster head #1 may inform each cluster member of the time-frequency resource allocation rules in advance, so that the cluster members can #1 can determine the time-frequency resource #1a from the time-frequency resources allocated to the cluster #1 according to the allocation rule.
  • the DCI may carry indication information of the time-frequency resource used by each cluster member when sending uplink data. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #1a) of the time-frequency resource #1a and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #1a).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #1a can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #1a, that is, the time interval (denoted, t a) of the time domain position #1a relative to the reference time domain position, for example , the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending moment of the DCI.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #1a listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #1a may also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #1a.
  • the cluster head #1 can receive the uplink data sent by each cluster member.
  • the cluster head #1 When the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member is not correctly received by the cluster head #1, at S230, the cluster head #1 generates feedback information #2a.
  • the feedback information #2a is used to indicate that the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member in the cluster #1 is not correctly received by the cluster head #1.
  • the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #2a to the network device on the time-frequency resource #2a.
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a.
  • the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #2a) of the time-frequency resource #2a and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #2a).
  • the indication information of the time domain position #2a can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #2a, that is, the time interval (denoted, t b) of the time domain position #2a relative to the reference time domain position, for example , the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending moment of the DCI.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #2a listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #2a can also be used to indicate the The absolute position of time domain position #2a.
  • the indication information of the time domain position #1a and the indication information of the time domain position #2a may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #2). That is, when the cluster head #1 reads the information #2 from the DCI, it is considered that the information #2 indicates the time domain position #2a; when the cluster member #A reads the information #2 from the DCI, it can be considered that the information #2 #2 indicates time domain position #1a.
  • the time domain position for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of DCI
  • the cluster members there are Q possible situations for the time domain position of the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data to the cluster head (for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of the DCI). That is, the P cases and Q cases constitute P ⁇ Q possible combinations.
  • an entry 3 may be stored in the network device, and the entry 3 may store a one-to-one correspondence between P ⁇ Q possible combinations and P ⁇ Q indices.
  • table entry 3 may be stored, or in the cluster head #1, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the P ⁇ Q indices may be stored in the cluster head #1.
  • Time domain location ie, one of the P possible locations above).
  • table entry 3 may be stored, or, in the cluster member, the time domain of the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the P ⁇ Q indices may be stored in the cluster member position (ie, one of the Q possible positions above).
  • the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #C) corresponding to the combination (denoted as, combination #C) composed of time-domain location #1a and time-domain location #2a according to table entry #3. And carry index #C to DCI.
  • the cluster head #1 can determine the index #C from the stored table entry, and then determine the time domain position #2a, and the cluster member #1 can determine the index #C from the saved table entry, and then determine the time domain position #2 1a.
  • the indication information of the frequency domain location #1a and the indication process of the frequency domain location #1b may be similar to the indication processes of the time domain location #1a and the time domain location #2a, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here to avoid redundant description.
  • the network device waits for an intra-cluster retransmission process for uplink data in cluster #1 according to the received feedback information #2a.
  • the cluster head #1 may send an SCI, where the SCI includes time-frequency resources of the PSSCH, and the PSSCH is used to carry the retransmission of the cluster members (eg, cluster member #1) that are not correctly receiving the uplink data by the cluster head #1
  • the uplink data retransmitted by cluster member #1 is recorded as data #2, then the data #2 can be the data #1, or the data #2 can also be the redundancy of the data #1 Version.
  • the SCI may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
  • the SCI may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #1 that have not correctly received uplink data by cluster head #1, so that each cluster member in cluster #1 determines whether their own identifiers are carried in the SCI middle. If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI (or the SCI needs to be parsed), and the uplink data needs to be sent (or retransmitted) based on the indication of the SCI.
  • cluster members within cluster #1 can blindly detect SCI.
  • cluster member #1 sends data #2 on the time-frequency resource (time-frequency resource #1b) indicated by the SCI for cluster member #1 to retransmit uplink data, and cluster head #1 receives data on time-frequency resource #1b #2.
  • time-frequency resources used by each cluster member when retransmitting uplink data may be the same or different, which is not particularly limited in this application.
  • t c there is a specified time interval (denoted as t c ) between the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #1b and the transmission moment of the SCI, and the t c may be specified by the communication protocol, or , the t c may also be pre-indicated by the network device or cluster head #1.
  • cluster head #1 When the uplink data sent by each cluster member in cluster #1 is correctly received, cluster head #1 sends a PUSCH to the network device at S270, and the PUSCH includes the uplink data of each terminal device in cluster #1 that needs to send uplink data .
  • the cluster head #1 When the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member is not correctly received by the cluster head #1, at S280, the cluster head #1 generates feedback information #2b.
  • the feedback information #2b is used to indicate that the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member in the cluster #1 is not correctly received by the cluster head #1.
  • the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #2b to the network device on the time-frequency resource #2b.
  • the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2b.
  • the content and form indicated by the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2b are similar to the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
  • t d there is a predetermined time interval (denoted, t d ) between the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #2b and the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #2a.
  • the t d is the same as t b, that is, in this application, multiple intra-cluster retransmissions may occur.
  • the time domain resources for the cluster head #1 to send feedback information to the network device appear periodically, Thus, signaling overhead can be reduced.
  • the indication information of t d may be carried in the DCI.
  • the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 may be repeated many times until cluster head #1 correctly receives the uplink data sent by all terminal devices that need to send uplink data.
  • the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the number of cluster members whose uplink data is correctly received by the cluster head #1 is greater than or equal to the specified threshold a
  • the threshold a can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold a can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold a can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the retransmission process within the cluster shown in the above Figure 5 can be repeated many times until the proportion of the cluster members whose uplink data is correctly received by the cluster head #1 is greater than or equal to the specified threshold.
  • the threshold b can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold b can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold b can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the number of repetitions reaches a preset threshold #a, and the threshold #a can be configured by the network side to the intra-cluster through high-level signaling.
  • the terminal, or the threshold #a can be sent by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through DCI, or the threshold #a can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the time length elapsed since the moment when the DCI is received reaches a preset threshold #b, and the threshold #b can be determined by the network.
  • the side is configured to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold #b can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold #b can be determined by the cluster head.
  • the DCI can carry the indication information of te.
  • the duration of te may also be predetermined by a communication protocol or high-layer signaling.
  • the multiple possible values may be maintained in the network device and the terminal device respectively.
  • the multiple possible values may be semi-statically configured by the network device.
  • the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value in the DCI or the SCI, the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value.
  • a terminal device is configured to send a configured scheduled (configured grant, CG) PUSCH resource through higher layer signaling, such as RRC signaling, including type 1 (Type1) and type 2 (Type2).
  • higher layer signaling such as RRC signaling, including type 1 (Type1) and type 2 (Type2).
  • Type 1 only RRC signaling is used to configure unlicensed resources, and DCI is not required for resource configuration and activation transmission.
  • RRC signaling and DCI need to be used to configure unlicensed resources, where RRC signaling is used to configure parameters including period, and DCI is used for activation, deactivation, and configuration, frequency domain resources, etc. parameter, the terminal can use the configured license-free transmission resources only after receiving the DCI.
  • Field C and Field D may be included.
  • field D includes the identifiers of one or more terminal devices.
  • the information carried in field C is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier included in field D is a sender or a receiver of data.
  • terminal device #X For a terminal device (denoted, terminal device #X), if the information carried in field C indicates "send", then
  • terminal device #D activates the CG, and sends a CG data packet according to the high-level configuration and the resources in the SCI.
  • terminal device #D When the identifier of the terminal device #X is not included in the field D, the terminal device #D has no action, or in other words, the terminal device #D does not activate the CG.
  • terminal device #X can monitor CG data packets sent by other terminal devices.
  • the terminal device #D When the field D includes the identification of the terminal device #X, the terminal device #D needs to receive the CG data packet.
  • the terminal device #D has no action.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 300 may include a communication unit 310 and a processing unit 320 .
  • the communication unit 310 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 320 is used for data processing.
  • the communication unit 310 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
  • the apparatus 300 may implement steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, wherein the processing unit 320 is configured to perform processing related to the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the transmission and reception of the network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 300 may implement the steps or processes performed by the cluster head terminal device (eg, cluster head #A or cluster head #1) corresponding to the above method embodiments, wherein the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the cluster head terminal device eg, cluster head #A or cluster head #1
  • the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 300 may implement the steps or processes performed by the cluster member terminal equipment (eg, cluster member #A, cluster member #C, or cluster member #1) corresponding to the above method embodiments.
  • the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving of the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 320 is configured to perform the processing related operations of the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments.
  • unit may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • processors for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions.
  • the apparatus 300 may be specifically the network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or,
  • the apparatus 300 may be specifically the cluster head terminal equipment in the above-mentioned embodiments, and may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the cluster head terminal equipment in the above-mentioned method embodiments, or the apparatus 300 may be specifically the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the cluster member terminal equipment can be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
  • the apparatus 300 in each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the network equipment in the above method, or the apparatus 300 in each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the cluster head terminal device in the above method, or, each of the above
  • the apparatus 300 of the solution has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device of the cluster member in the above method.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the communication unit may be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the transmitting unit in the communication unit may be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the communication unit may be replaced by a receiving unit). machine replacement), other units, such as a processing unit, etc., may be replaced by a processor, respectively, to perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the apparatus in FIG. 7 may be the network device or terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC).
  • the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. This is not limited.
  • FIG. 8 shows a wireless communication apparatus 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 400 includes a processor 410 and a transceiver 420 .
  • the processor 410 and the transceiver 420 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 410 is configured to execute instructions to control the transceiver 420 to send and/or receive signals.
  • the apparatus 400 may further include a memory 430, and the memory 430 communicates with the processor 410 and the transceiver 420 through an internal connection path.
  • the memory 430 is used to store instructions, and the processor 410 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 430 .
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 400 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal equipment (eg, cluster head terminal equipment or cluster member terminal equipment) in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 400 may specifically be a network device or a terminal device in the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip or a chip system.
  • the transceiver 420 may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited herein.
  • the memory 430 may include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory may also store device type information.
  • the processor 410 may be configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 410 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 410 is configured to execute each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment corresponding to the network device or the terminal device and/or process.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
  • the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above method embodiment may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous DRAM
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • FIG. 9 shows a wireless communication apparatus 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 includes a processing circuit 510 and a transceiver circuit 520 .
  • the processing circuit 510 and the transceiver circuit 520 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit 510 is used for executing instructions to control the transceiver circuit 520 to send and/or receive signals.
  • the apparatus 500 may further include a storage medium 530, and the storage medium 530 communicates with the processing circuit 510 and the transceiver circuit 520 through an internal connection path.
  • the storage medium 530 is used for storing instructions, and the processing circuit 510 can execute the instructions stored in the storage medium 530 .
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the apparatus 500 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal equipment (eg, cluster head terminal equipment or cluster member terminal equipment) in the above method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 600 provided by this application. Any one of the foregoing apparatuses 300 to 500 may be configured in the terminal device 600 , or any one of the foregoing apparatuses 300 to 500 may itself be the terminal device 600 . In other words, the terminal device 600 may perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the cluster head terminal device or the cluster member terminal device) in any of the methods shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 6 above.
  • the terminal device for example, the cluster head terminal device or the cluster member terminal device
  • FIG. 10 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 600 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 10 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the terminal device 600 includes a transceiver unit 610 and a processing unit 620 .
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 610 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 610 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like
  • the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
  • an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 610 of the terminal device 600
  • a processor with a processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 620 of the terminal device 600 .
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may be used to implement the functions of the network device in the foregoing method.
  • the network device 700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 910 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DUs) 920.
  • RRU 910 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 911 and a radio frequency unit 912 .
  • the RRU910 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the part of the BBU920 is mainly used to perform baseband processing and control the base station.
  • the RRU 910 and the BBU 920 may be physically set together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU920 is the control center of the base station, which can also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spectrum spreading.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 920 may be used to control the network device to execute the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the BBU920 may be composed of one or more single boards, and the multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access modes respectively. into the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 920 also includes a memory 921 and a processor 922 .
  • the memory 921 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 921 stores the codebook and the like in the above-described embodiments.
  • the processor 922 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 921 and processor 922 may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 920 and part 910 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a network device function Chip implementation, the network device function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the network device-related function is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the network device-related function.
  • the network device function chip can also read a memory outside the chip to implement related functions of the network device.
  • FIG. 11 the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 11 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of network device structures that may appear in the future.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 . method in any of the embodiments.
  • the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the programs shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 . method in any of the embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access device and multiple terminal devices, wherein the multiple terminal devices form a cluster, and the cluster includes a cluster head Terminal devices and one or more cluster member terminal devices.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory
  • direct memory bus random access memory direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a wireless communication method and a wireless communication apparatus. The method comprises: a network device transmits downlink control information, wherein the downlink control information comprises the indication information of one or more first resources and the indication information of a second resource, each first resource is used for a cluster head terminal device to transmit, to the network device, a resource for the first feedback information of first data, the second resource is used for a cluster member terminal device to transmit, to the cluster head terminal device, a resource for the second feedback information of the first data, and the first feedback information is determined according to the second feedback information; the network device transmits the first data; and the network device receives the first feedback information in one of the one or more first resources. Therefore, the present application can enable each terminal device in a cluster to obtain the resource used for transmitting feedback, and combines the multicast technology with a feedback mechanism, thereby being capable of improving the accuracy and reliability of multicast communication.

Description

无线通信方法和无线通信装置Wireless communication method and wireless communication device 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及无线通信方法和无线通信装置,能够适用于组播或广播传输。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication, and more particularly, to a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device, which can be applied to multicast or broadcast transmission.
背景技术Background technique
目前,已知一种组播技术,对于由多个终端设备组成的簇,簇内的终端设备需要接收的下行数据相同或相似时,网络设备可以向簇组播(或者,广播)下行数据,从而节省信令开销和资源开销。At present, a multicast technology is known. For a cluster composed of multiple terminal devices, when the downlink data that the terminal devices in the cluster need to receive are the same or similar, the network device can multicast (or broadcast) the downlink data to the cluster. Thus, signaling overhead and resource overhead are saved.
如何提高组播通信的准确性和可靠性,称为业界亟需解决的问题。How to improve the accuracy and reliability of multicast communication is an urgent problem to be solved in the industry.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供一种无线通信方法和无线通信装置,能够提高组播通信的准确性和可靠性。The present application provides a wireless communication method and a wireless communication device, which can improve the accuracy and reliability of multicast communication.
第一方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源,所述第一反馈信息是基于所述第二反馈信息确定的;所述网络设备发送所述第一数据;所述网络设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,接收所述第一反馈信息。A first aspect provides a wireless communication method, the method includes: a network device sends downlink control information, the downlink control information includes one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, each A resource includes a resource for the cluster head terminal device to send first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for a cluster member terminal device to send the cluster head terminal device for the first data The resource of the second feedback information of the first data, the first feedback information is determined based on the second feedback information; the network device sends the first data; the network device is in the one or more A first resource among the first resources receives the first feedback information.
根据本申请提供的方案,通过在下行控制信息中携带用于簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的资源的指示信息,以及用于簇成员向簇首发送反馈信息的资源的指示信息,能够使簇内的各终端设备获知用于发送反馈的资源,将组播技术与反馈机制相结合,从而,能够提高组播通信的准确性和可靠性。According to the solution provided by the present application, by carrying the indication information of the resources used for the cluster head to send the feedback information to the network device and the indication information of the resources used for the cluster members to send the feedback information to the cluster head in the downlink control information, the cluster head can Each terminal device in the device knows the resources used for sending feedback, and combines the multicast technology with the feedback mechanism, thereby improving the accuracy and reliability of the multicast communication.
例如,当一个或多个簇成员发送的反馈信息指示所述第一数据未被正确接收时,簇首可以重传所述第一数据,或者簇首也可以指示正确接收所述第一数据的簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据。For example, when the feedback information sent by one or more cluster members indicates that the first data is not correctly received, the cluster head may retransmit the first data, or the cluster head may also indicate that the first data is correctly received. The cluster member terminal device retransmits the first data.
即,该第一数据的重传在簇内进行,无需网络设备重新发送,因此,能够节约网络设备的信令开销,节省网络设备的功耗。That is, the retransmission of the first data is performed within the cluster, and there is no need to retransmit the network device. Therefore, the signaling overhead of the network device can be saved, and the power consumption of the network device can be saved.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource, and the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource. When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
在一种实现方式中,簇首终端设备可以盲检测所述第二反馈信息。In an implementation manner, the cluster head terminal device can blindly detect the second feedback information.
在另一种实现方式中,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息被所述簇首终端设备理解为所述第一资源的指示信息和所述第二资源的指示信息,从而,簇首终端设备可以在第二资源上接收簇成员终端设备发送的反馈信息。In another implementation manner, when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is understood by the cluster head terminal device as the indication information of the first resource and the indication information of the second resource, so that the cluster head terminal device can receive the feedback information sent by the cluster member terminal device on the second resource.
即,通过使簇首和簇成员对于该第一字段的理解不同,从而,能够减小DCI的开销。That is, by making the understanding of the first field different between the cluster head and the cluster members, the overhead of DCI can be reduced.
可选地,多个第一资源周期性分布。Optionally, the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
从而,能够减小第一资源的指示信息的信令开销。Therefore, the signaling overhead of the indication information of the first resource can be reduced.
或者说,多个第一资源(具体地说,是第一资源对应的时刻)在时域上等时间间隔分布。In other words, the multiple first resources (specifically, the times corresponding to the first resources) are distributed at equal time intervals in the time domain.
在一种实现方式中,该第一资源的周期(或者说,时域周期)由通信协议规定,或者,由网络设备通过高层信令指示。In an implementation manner, the period (or, in other words, the time domain period) of the first resource is specified by a communication protocol, or indicated by a network device through high-layer signaling.
再另一种实现方式中,所述下行控制信息还包括第一资源的周期的相关信息。In yet another implementation manner, the downlink control information further includes information about the period of the first resource.
其中,所述第一资源的周期的相关信息包括但不限于以下至少一种信息:第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻经历第一时长的时段,或者所述第一时段是自所述第一数据的发送时刻经历第二时长的时段,或者所述第一时段的起始时刻与所述下行控制信息的发送时刻之间具有预设时间间隔,或者所述第一时段的起始时刻与所述第一数据的发送时刻之间具有预设时间间隔,或者所述第一时段用于确定所述多个第一资源的时间范围,所述第一数量是所述多个第一资源的数量。The information about the period of the first resource includes, but is not limited to, at least one of the following information: information about the first period, information about the first quantity, and information about the period of the first resource, wherein the first period is the first time period from the time when the downlink control information is sent, or the first time period is the second time period from the time when the first data is sent, or the start time of the first time period There is a preset time interval between the time when the downlink control information is sent, or there is a preset time interval between the start time of the first time period and the time when the first data is sent, or the first time period for determining the time range of the plurality of first resources, and the first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
可选地,该下行控制信息包括多个第一资源中的(在时域上的)首个资源的信息和(在时域上的)最后一个资源的信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes information of the first resource (in the time domain) and information of the last resource (in the time domain) among the plurality of first resources.
在一种实现方式中,上述第一数据在簇内的重传可以多次进行,并且,每一次重传的接收端可以向簇首发送针对本次重传的反馈信息(即,第二反馈信息的一例)。In an implementation manner, the retransmission of the first data in the cluster may be performed multiple times, and the receiving end of each retransmission may send feedback information for this retransmission to the cluster head (that is, the second feedback example of information).
此情况下,簇首可以向网络设备发送多次重传的反馈信息。In this case, the cluster head can send feedback information of multiple retransmissions to the network device.
即,第一资源为多个时,所述网络设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的至少一个第一资源,接收第三反馈信息,所述第三反馈信息是针对由簇首终端设备或簇成员终端设备重传的第一数据的反馈信息。That is, when there are multiple first resources, the network device receives third feedback information on at least one of the one or more first resources, and the third feedback information is for the cluster head terminal The feedback information of the first data retransmitted by the device or the terminal device of the cluster member.
可选地,所述第一反馈信息是所述网络设备第i次接收的反馈信息,i≥1,以及所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述网络设备第i+j次接收第一反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。Optionally, the first feedback information is the feedback information received by the network device for the i-th time, i≥1, and the first feedback information further includes the information used to determine the i+j-th received by the network device. information of the resource of the feedback information, j≥1.
或者说,所述第一反馈信息还包括所述网络设备下一次接收所述簇首终端设备发送的针对所述第一数据的反馈信息时所使用的第一资源的位置。In other words, the first feedback information further includes the location of the first resource used by the network device when receiving the feedback information for the first data sent by the cluster head terminal device next time.
第二方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:簇首终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源;所述簇首终端设备接收所述第一数据;所述簇首终端设备在所述第二资源,接收所述第二反馈信息;所述簇首终端设备根据所述第二反馈信息,确定所述第一反馈信息;所述簇首终端设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,发送所述第一反馈信息。In a second aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, the method comprising: a cluster head terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, each The first resources include resources for the cluster head terminal device to send the first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resources include resources for the cluster member terminal devices to send the cluster head terminal devices for the first data. The resource of the second feedback information of the first data; the cluster head terminal device receives the first data; the cluster head terminal device receives the second feedback information in the second resource; the cluster head terminal device receives the second feedback information; The head terminal device determines the first feedback information according to the second feedback information; the cluster head terminal device sends the first feedback information in one of the one or more first resources.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息;在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource; in When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
在一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备根据所述第一字段承载的信息确定所述第一资源。In an implementation manner, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the first resource according to the information carried in the first field.
在另一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备根据所述第一字段承载的信息确定所述第一资源和所述第二资源。In another implementation manner, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the first resource and the second resource according to the information carried in the first field.
可选地,当一个或多个第一簇成员终端设备发送的第二反馈信息指示所述第一数据未被正确接收时,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备重传所述第一数据;或者所述簇首终端设备指示一个或多个第二簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据,其中,所述第二簇成员终端设备为发送了第二反馈信息的簇成员终端设备,所述第二反馈信息指示所述第一数据被正确接收。Optionally, when the second feedback information sent by one or more first cluster member terminal devices indicates that the first data is not correctly received, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device retransmits the first data. data; or the cluster head terminal device instructs one or more second cluster member terminal devices to retransmit the first data, wherein the second cluster member terminal device is the cluster member terminal that sent the second feedback information device, the second feedback information indicates that the first data is correctly received.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息用于指示第三资源,所述第三资源用于所述第一数据的重传。Optionally, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for retransmission of the first data .
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备接收针对重传的第一数据的第三反馈信息。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data.
可选地,所述簇首终端设备接收针对重传的第一数据的第三反馈信息,包括所述簇首终端设备在第四资源接收针对重传的第一数据的第三反馈信息。Optionally, receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data includes receiving, by the cluster head terminal device, third feedback information for the retransmitted first data at the fourth resource.
其中,所述第四资源对应的时刻与所述侧行控制信息的发送时刻之间具有规定的时间间隔,所述时间间隔由通信协议规定,或者,所述时间间隔由网络设备通过高层信令指示,或者,所述侧行控制信息包括所述时间间隔的信息。There is a prescribed time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the transmission time of the sideline control information, and the time interval is prescribed by the communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-level signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
或者,所述第四资源对应的时刻与所述第一数据的重传时刻之间具有规定的时间间隔,所述时间间隔由通信协议规定,或者,所述时间间隔由网络设备通过高层信令指示,或者,所述侧行控制信息包括所述时间间隔的信息。Alternatively, there is a prescribed time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the retransmission time of the first data, and the time interval is prescribed by a communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-layer signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端的终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes the transmission as the retransmission of the first data The identification of the terminal device on the side.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第三字段和第四字段,所述三字段包括一个或多个第三簇成员终端设备的标识,所述第四字段承载的信息用于指示所述第三簇成员设备作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端还是接收端。Optionally, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, and the three fields include one or more third cluster members The identifier of the terminal device, and the information carried in the fourth field is used to indicate whether the third cluster member device acts as the sender or the receiver of the retransmission of the first data.
可选地,所述第一反馈信息是所述簇首终端设备第i次发送的反馈信息,i≥1,以及所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述簇首终端设备第i+j次发送第一反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。Optionally, the first feedback information is the feedback information sent by the cluster head terminal device for the i-th time, i≥1, and the first feedback information further includes a method for determining the i+th time of the cluster-head terminal device. The information of the resource of the first feedback information is sent j times, and j≥1.
可选地,多个第一资源周期性分布。Optionally, the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
可选地,所述下行控制信息还包括以下至少一种信息:第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻(例如,发送开始时刻或者发送结束时刻)经历第一时长的时段,或者所述第一时段是自所述第一数据的发送时刻(例如,发送开始时刻或者发送结束时刻)经历第二时长的时段, 或者所述第一时段的起始时刻与所述下行控制信息的发送时刻之间具有预设时间间隔,或者所述第一时段的起始时刻与所述第一数据的发送时刻之间具有预设时间间隔,或者所述第一时段用于确定所述多个第一资源的时间范围,所述第一数量是所述多个第一资源的数量。Optionally, the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink The transmission time of the control information (for example, the transmission start time or the transmission end time) passes through a period of the first duration, or the first time period is from the transmission time of the first data (for example, the transmission start time or the transmission end time) A time period of a second duration, or there is a preset time interval between the start time of the first time period and the transmission time of the downlink control information, or the start time of the first time period and the first data There is a preset time interval between the sending moments of the , or the first period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources, and the first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
第三方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:第一簇成员终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源;所述第一簇成员终端设备接收所述第一数据;所述第一簇成员终端设备在所述第二时频资源,发送所述第二反馈信息。In a third aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, the method comprising: a first cluster member terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource , each first resource includes a resource for a cluster head terminal device to send first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for a cluster member terminal device to send to the cluster head terminal device The resource for sending the second feedback information for the first data; the first cluster member terminal device receives the first data; the first cluster member terminal device sends the second time-frequency resource in the second time-frequency resource Second feedback information.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息;在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource; in When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
即,所述方法还包括所述第一簇成员终端设备根据所述第一字段承载的信息确定所述第二资源。That is, the method further includes the first cluster member terminal device determining the second resource according to the information carried in the first field.
可选地,当所述第一簇成员终端设备未正确接收所述第一数据时,所述方法还包括:接收所述簇首终端设备重传的第一数据;或者接收第二簇成员终端设备重传的第一数据,其中,所述第二簇成员终端设备包括正确接收所述第一数据的簇成员终端设备。Optionally, when the first cluster member terminal device fails to correctly receive the first data, the method further comprises: receiving the first data retransmitted by the cluster head terminal device; or receiving the second cluster member terminal The first data retransmitted by the device, wherein the second cluster member terminal device includes a cluster member terminal device that correctly receives the first data.
可选地,所述方法还包括:向所述簇首终端设备发送针对重传的所述第一数据的第三反馈信息。Optionally, the method further includes: sending third feedback information for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device.
可选地,向所述簇首终端设备发送针对重传的所述第一数据的第三反馈信息包括:在第四资源向所述簇首终端设备发送针对重传的所述第一数据的第三反馈信息。Optionally, sending the third feedback information for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device includes: sending a feedback message for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device on a fourth resource. Third feedback information.
其中,所述第四资源对应的时刻与所述侧行控制信息的发送时刻之间具有规定的时间间隔,所述时间间隔由通信协议规定,或者,所述时间间隔由网络设备通过高层信令指示,或者,所述侧行控制信息包括所述时间间隔的信息。There is a specified time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the transmission time of the sideline control information, and the time interval is specified by the communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-level signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
或者,所述第四资源对应的时刻与所述第一数据的重传时刻之间具有规定的时间间隔,所述时间间隔由通信协议规定,或者,所述时间间隔由网络设备通过高层信令指示,或者,所述侧行控制信息包括所述时间间隔的信息。Alternatively, there is a prescribed time interval between the time corresponding to the fourth resource and the retransmission time of the first data, and the time interval is prescribed by a communication protocol, or the time interval is set by the network device through high-layer signaling Indicates that, or, the sideline control information includes information of the time interval.
可选地,当所述第一簇成员终端设备正确接收所述第一数据时,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备向第三簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据,其中,所述第三簇成员终端设备包括未正确接收所述第一数据的簇成员终端设备。Optionally, when the first cluster member terminal device correctly receives the first data, the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device retransmits the first data to the third cluster member terminal device. , wherein the third cluster member terminal device includes a cluster member terminal device that does not correctly receive the first data.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息用于指示第三资源,所述第三资源用于所述第一数据的重传。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving, by the first cluster member terminal device, sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for the transmission of the first data. Retransmission.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端的终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes a retransmission as the first data The identifier of the terminal device of the sender.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第三字段和第四字段,所述三字段包括一个或多个第三簇成员终端设备的标 识,所述第四字段承载的信息用于指示所述第三簇成员设备作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端还是接收端。Optionally, the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, and the three fields include one or more third fields. The identifier of the cluster member terminal device, and the information carried in the fourth field is used to indicate that the third cluster member device acts as the sender or the receiver of the retransmission of the first data.
第四方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:网络设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送第一数据的资源,所述第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,和/或者,所述第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第二数据,所述第二数据包括每个簇成员终端设备发送的第一数据;所述网络设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,接收所述第一反馈信息;和/或所述网络设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,接收所述第二数据。In a fourth aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, the method comprising: a network device sending downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, the first resource The second resource includes resources for the cluster member terminal device to send the first data to the cluster head terminal device, and the first resource includes the first resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first data for the first data to the network device resources for feedback information, and/or the first resource includes the second data for the cluster head terminal device to send to the network device, where the second data includes the first data sent by each cluster member terminal device ; the network device receives the first feedback information at one of the one or more first resources; and/or the network device is at one of the one or more first resources The first resource receives the second data.
其中,所述第一数据可以理解为簇成员终端设备需要通过簇首终端设备向网络设备转发的数据。The first data may be understood as data that the cluster member terminal device needs to forward to the network device through the cluster head terminal device.
根据本申请提供的方案,通过在下行控制信息中携带用于簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的资源的指示信息,以及用于簇成员向簇首发送第一资源的指示信息,能够使簇首终端设备获知用于发送反馈的资源,将侧行传输技术与反馈机制相结合,从而,能够提高侧行链路通信的准确性和可靠性。According to the solution provided by the present application, by carrying in the downlink control information the indication information of the resource for the cluster head to send feedback information to the network device, and the indication information for the cluster member to send the first resource to the cluster head, the cluster head can make the cluster head The terminal device knows the resources used for sending feedback, and combines the sidelink transmission technology with the feedback mechanism, thereby improving the accuracy and reliability of the sidelink communication.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource, and the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource. When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
在一种实现方式中,簇首终端设备可以盲检测所述第二反馈信息。In an implementation manner, the cluster head terminal device can blindly detect the second feedback information.
在另一种实现方式中,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息被所述簇首终端设备理解为所述第一资源的指示信息和所述第二资源的指示信息,从而,簇首终端设备可以在第二资源上接收簇成员终端设备发送的第一数据。In another implementation manner, when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is understood by the cluster head terminal device as the indication information of the first resource and the indication information of the second resource, so that the cluster head terminal device can receive the first data sent by the cluster member terminal device on the second resource.
可选地,所述第一反馈信息是所述网络设备第i次接收的反馈信息,i≥1,以及所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述网络设备第i+j次接收反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。Optionally, the first feedback information is the feedback information received by the network device for the i-th time, i≥1, and the first feedback information further includes the feedback information used to determine the i+j-th received feedback by the network device. Information of the resource of information, j ≥ 1.
可选地,多个第一资源周期性分布。Optionally, the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
可选地,所述下行控制信息还包括以下至少一种信息:第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻经历第一时长的时段,或者,所述第一时段用于确定所述多个第一资源的时间范围,或者所述第一时段的起始时刻与所述下行控制信息的发送时刻之间具有预设时间间隔,所述第一数量是所述多个第一资源的数量。Optionally, the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink The sending moment of the control information goes through a period of the first duration, or the first period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources, or the start moment of the first period and the downlink control information are different. There is a preset time interval between the sending moments, and the first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
第五方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:簇首终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送第一数据的资源,所述第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,和/或所述第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二数据的资源,所述第二数据包括每个簇成员终端设备发送的第一数据;所述簇首终端设备在所述第二资源,接收所述第 一数据;所述簇首终端设备确定针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息;所述簇首终端设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,发送所述第一反馈信息。In a fifth aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, the method comprising: a cluster head terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource, The second resource includes resources for the cluster member terminal device to send the first data to the cluster head terminal device, and the first resource includes the first resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first data to the network device. resources for feedback information, and/or the first resources include resources for the cluster head terminal device to send second data to the network device, the second data including the first data sent by each cluster member terminal device; The cluster head terminal device receives the first data in the second resource; the cluster head terminal device determines the first feedback information for the first data; the cluster head terminal device is in the one or One first resource among the plurality of first resources sends the first feedback information.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource, and the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource. When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
即,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备根据所述第一字段承载的信息确定所述第二资源和所述第一资源。That is, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device determines the second resource and the first resource according to the information carried in the first field.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备指示第一簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据。Optionally, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device instructing the first cluster member terminal device to retransmit the first data.
其中,所述簇首终端设备未正确接收所述第一簇成员终端设备发送的第一数据。Wherein, the cluster head terminal device does not correctly receive the first data sent by the first cluster member terminal device.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括需要重传第一数据的簇成员终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: the cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes a cluster member terminal device that needs to retransmit the first data 's identification.
可选地,所述第一反馈信息是所述簇首终端设备第i次发送的反馈信息,i≥1,以及所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述簇首终端设备第i+j次发送反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。Optionally, the first feedback information is the feedback information sent by the cluster head terminal device for the i-th time, i≥1, and the first feedback information further includes a method for determining the i+th time of the cluster-head terminal device. The information of the resource for sending the feedback information j times, j≥1.
可选地,多个第一资源周期性分布。Optionally, the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
可选地,所述下行控制信息还包括以下至少一种信息:第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻经历第一时长的时段,所述第一数量是所述第一时段内的所述第一资源的数量。Optionally, the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information: information of a first time period, information of a first quantity, and information of a period of the first resource, wherein the first time period is from the downlink The sending moment of the control information goes through a period of a first duration, and the first quantity is the quantity of the first resource within the first period.
第六方面,提供一种无线通信方法,所述方法包括:第一簇成员终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,所述第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送所述第一数据的资源;所述第一簇成员终端设备在所述第二资源发送所述第一数据。In a sixth aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, the method comprising: a first cluster member terminal device receiving downlink control information, the downlink control information including one or more indication information of a first resource and indication information of a second resource , the first resource includes a resource for the cluster head terminal device to send the first feedback information for the first data to the network device, and the second resource includes a resource for the cluster member terminal device to send the cluster head terminal device to the cluster head terminal device The resource for sending the first data; the first cluster member terminal device sends the first data on the second resource.
可选地,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。Optionally, the downlink control information includes a first field, and when the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource, and the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource. When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备根据所述簇首终端设备的指示重传所述第一数据。Optionally, the method further includes: the first cluster member terminal device retransmitting the first data according to the instruction of the cluster head terminal device.
可选地,所述方法还包括:所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括需要重传所述第一数据的簇成员终端设备的标识。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving, by the first cluster member terminal device, sideline control information, the sideline control information including a second field, and the second field including a message that needs to retransmit the first data. ID of the cluster member terminal device.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面至第六方面中的任一方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication apparatus is provided, including each module or unit for performing the method in any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner thereof.
第八方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行第一方面至第六方面中的任一方面及其可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信设备还包括存储器。可选地,该通信设备还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。可选地,该 通信设备还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor, coupled to a memory, operable to perform the method of any one of the first to sixth aspects and possible implementations thereof. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface to which the processor is coupled.
在一种实现方式中,该通信设备为设备。此情况下,所述通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。在另一种实现方式中,该通信设备为芯片或芯片系统。此情况下,所述通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In one implementation, the communication device is a device. In this case, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface. In another implementation, the communication device is a chip or a system of chips. In this case, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述第一方面至第六方面中的任一方面及其各方面的任一种可能实现方式中的方法被实现。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that any one of the first to sixth aspects and any possible implementation manner of each of the aspects are method is implemented.
在具体实现过程中,上述通信装置可以为芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是不同的电路,也可以是同一电路,这种情况下该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施方式对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the above communication device may be a chip, the input circuit may be an input pin, the output circuit may be an output pin, and the processing circuit may be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, a receiver, the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by a transmitter, and the input circuit and output The circuits can be different circuits or the same circuit, in which case the circuit is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times. The embodiments of the present application do not limit specific implementations of the processor and various circuits.
第十方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行所述第一方面至第六方面中的任一方面及其各种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a processing apparatus is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is configured to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter, so as to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects and various possible implementations thereof. Methods.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
在具体实现中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施方式对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In a specific implementation, the memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be separately provided on different chips Above, the embodiments of the present application do not limit the type of the memory and the manner of setting the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the relevant data interaction process, such as sending indication information, may be a process of outputting indication information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information by the processor. Specifically, the data output by the processing can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can be from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and the receiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
上述第十方面中的处理器可以是一个芯片,该处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现,当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processor in the tenth aspect above may be a chip, and the processor may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software When implemented, the processor can be a general-purpose processor, which is realized by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory can be integrated in the processor or located outside the processor and exist independently.
第十一方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括:通信接口和处理电路,所述通信接口用于按照所述第一方面或第四方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法发送下行控制信息,所述处理电路用于产生所述下行控制信息。An eleventh aspect provides a processing device, comprising: a communication interface and a processing circuit, where the communication interface is configured to send downlink control according to the method in the first aspect or the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof information, and the processing circuit is configured to generate the downlink control information.
第十二方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括:通信接口和处理电路,所述通信接口用于获取待处理的下行控制信息,所述处理电路用于按照所述第二方面、第三方面、第五方面或第六方面及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法处理所述待处理的下行控制信息。A twelfth aspect provides a processing device, comprising: a communication interface and a processing circuit, where the communication interface is used to acquire downlink control information to be processed, and the processing circuit is used to obtain the downlink control information according to the second aspect and the third aspect The method in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof processes the downlink control information to be processed.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行所述第一方面至 第六方面中的任一方面及其各方面的任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or instructions) that, when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect A method in any one of the to sixth aspects and any possible implementation of each of the aspects.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述所述第一方面至第六方面中的任一方面及其各方面的任一种可能实现方式中的方法。A fourteenth aspect provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also referred to as code, or instruction), when it is run on a computer, causing the computer to execute the above-mentioned first A method in any one of the aspects to the sixth aspect and any possible implementation of the aspects thereof.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的网络设备、簇首终端设备和簇成员终端设备。A fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, including the aforementioned network device, cluster head terminal device and cluster member terminal device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是适用本申请的无线通信方法的系统的示意性架构图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a system to which the wireless communication method of the present application is applied.
图2是本申请的无线通信方法的一例的示意性交互图。FIG. 2 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of the wireless communication method of the present application.
图3是本申请的簇内重传过程的一种可能的情况的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
图4是本申请的簇内重传过程的另一种可能的情况的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
图5是本申请的无线通信方法的一例的示意性交互图。FIG. 5 is a schematic interaction diagram of an example of the wireless communication method of the present application.
图6是本申请的簇内重传过程的再一种可能的情况的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another possible situation of the intra-cluster retransmission process of the present application.
图7是本申请的无线通信装置的一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of the wireless communication apparatus of the present application.
图8是本申请的无线通信装置的另一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 8 is a schematic configuration diagram of another example of the wireless communication apparatus of the present application.
图9是本申请的无线通信装置的再一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of still another example of the wireless communication device of the present application.
图10是本申请的终端设备的一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of an example of a terminal device of the present application.
图11是本申请的网络设备的一例的示意性结构图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a network device of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System for Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统、未来的第六代(6th Generation,6G)或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, wideband Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (General Packet Radio Service, GPRS), Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (Frequency Division Duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th Generation (5G) system, future sixth generation (6th Generation, 6G) or new radio (New Radio, NR), etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolved Public Land Mobile Networks (PLMN) A terminal device, etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System for Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System for Mobile communication (GSM) system or a Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) The base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the LTE system can also be the base station (NodeB, NB) in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or the evolved base station (Evolved) in the LTE system. NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and future The network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。图1是适用于本申请实施例的方案的通信系统的示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括网络设备和终端设备。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the solution of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system may include network equipment and terminal equipment.
应理解,该网络设备可以是任意一种具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片,网络设备包括但不限于:基站(例如,基站NodeB、演进型基站eNodeB、第五代(5G)通信系统中的网络设备(如传输点(transmission point,TP)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、基站、小基站设备等)、未来通信系统中的网络设备、无线保真(Wireless-Fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点等。It should be understood that the network device can be any device with a wireless transceiver function or a chip that can be provided in the device, and the network device includes but is not limited to: a base station (for example, a base station NodeB, an evolved base station eNodeB, a fifth-generation (5G) ) network equipment in communication systems (such as transmission point (TP), transmission reception point (TRP), base station, small base station equipment, etc.), network equipment in future communication systems, wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity) -Fidelity, WiFi) access node, wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, etc. in the system.
终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。本申请的实施例中的终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。本申请实施例中将前述终端设备及可设置于前述终端设备的芯片统称为终端设备。此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。Terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The terminal device in the embodiments of the present application may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, and an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation security ( Wireless terminals in transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. The embodiments of the present application do not limit application scenarios. In the embodiments of the present application, the aforementioned terminal device and the chip that can be provided in the aforementioned terminal device are collectively referred to as a terminal device. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items pass through communication technology. Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and the interconnection of things.
在本申请实施例中,IoT技术可以通过例如窄带(Narrow Band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。例如,NB技术中使用的资源只包括一个资源块(Resource Bloc,RB),即,NB技术中使用的资源的带宽只有180KHz。要做到海量接入,必须要求终端在接入上是离散的,根据本申请实施例的通信方法,能够有效解决IoT技术海量终端在通过NB接入网络时的拥塞问题。In the embodiments of the present application, the IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrowband (Narrow Band, NB) technology. For example, the resource used in the NB technology only includes one resource block (Resource Bloc, RB), that is, the bandwidth of the resource used in the NB technology is only 180KHz. To achieve massive access, the terminals must be discrete in terms of access. According to the communication method of the embodiment of the present application, the congestion problem when massive terminals of IoT technology access the network through the NB can be effectively solved.
该通信系统可以是公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)网络、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络或者其他网络。图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备和终端设备,图1中未予以画出。The communication system may be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device to device (D2D) network, a machine to machine (M2M) network, or other networks. FIG. 1 is a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding only, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices and terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit, CPU)、内存管理单元(Memory Management Unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(Process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), a memory management unit (Memory Management Unit, MMU), and memory (also called main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. In addition, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application, as long as the program that records the codes of the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application can be executed to provide the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call and execute a program.
此外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(Compact Disc,CD)、数字通用盘(Digital Versatile Disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。Furthermore, various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a method, apparatus or article of manufacture using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer readable device, carrier or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic storage devices (eg, hard disks, floppy disks, or magnetic tapes, etc.), optical disks (eg, Compact Disc (CD), Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (eg, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), cards, stick or key drives, etc.). Additionally, various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,在应用层可以运行多个应用程序,此情况下,执行本申请实施例的通信方法的应用程序与用于控制接收端设备完成所接收到的数据所对应的动作的应用程序可以是不同的应用程序。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, multiple application programs may be run at the application layer. In this case, the application program that executes the communication method of the embodiment of the present application is used to control the receiving end device to complete the received data. The applications of the corresponding actions may be different applications.
为了便于理解,首先对本申请中涉及的一些术语进行说明。For ease of understanding, some terms involved in this application are first explained.
在本申请中,多个(两个或两个以上)能够进行设备间通信的终端设备可以构成一个簇,其中,簇也可以称为终端设备簇。一个簇中可以包括一个或多个簇首和一个或多个簇成员。其中,簇首也可以称为簇头、簇头终端设备或簇首终端设备、协作终端设备(Cooperating UE,CUE)。簇成员也可以称为簇成员终端设备、目标终端设备(Targeting UE,TUE)。In this application, multiple (two or more) terminal devices capable of inter-device communication may form a cluster, where a cluster may also be referred to as a terminal device cluster. A cluster can include one or more cluster heads and one or more cluster members. The cluster head may also be referred to as a cluster head, a cluster head terminal device, a cluster head terminal device, or a cooperating terminal device (Cooperating UE, CUE). Cluster members may also be called cluster member terminal equipment, target terminal equipment (Targeting UE, TUE).
在同一簇内,簇首能够与多个(例如,部分或全部)簇成员进行设备间通信,例如,通过侧行链路(Sidelink)进行设备间通信。在一些情况下,多个簇成员彼此之间能够进行设备间通信。并且,在一些情况下,簇首和簇成员的身份可以转换。Within the same cluster, the cluster head can perform inter-device communication with multiple (eg, some or all) cluster members, for example, perform inter-device communication through a side link (Sidelink). In some cases, multiple cluster members are capable of inter-device communication with each other. Also, in some cases, the identities of cluster heads and cluster members can be switched.
例如,在海量机器类通信(Massive machine-type communications,mMTC)等存在大量连接的场景中,存在部分终端与基站之间信道质量不佳,此情况下,可以由信道质量不佳的终端设备以及一个或多个信道质量好的终端设备构成一个簇,并由信道质量好的终端设备(例如,可以作为簇首)辅助信道质量不佳的终端设备(例如,可以作为簇成员)转发数据。For example, in a scenario with a large number of connections such as Massive machine-type communications (mMTC), the channel quality between some terminals and the base station is poor. In this case, terminal devices with poor channel quality and One or more terminal devices with good channel quality form a cluster, and a terminal device with good channel quality (for example, can act as a cluster head) assists a terminal device with poor channel quality (for example, can act as a cluster member) to forward data.
再例如,多个业务类型相同或相似的终端设备,或需要接收的相同或相似的下行数据的终端设备可以构成一个簇,此情况下,网络设备可以向簇内的终端设备组播下行信息。For another example, multiple terminal devices with the same or similar service types, or terminal devices that need to receive the same or similar downlink data may form a cluster. In this case, the network device may multicast downlink information to the terminal devices in the cluster.
在一些情况下,可以选择性能较高或电量较充足的终端设备作为簇首。在另一些情况下,可以选择负载较小或信道质量较佳的终端设备作为簇首。In some cases, a terminal device with higher performance or sufficient power can be selected as the cluster head. In other cases, a terminal device with less load or better channel quality can be selected as the cluster head.
在本申请中,通信系统中可以包括一个簇,也可以包括多个簇,并且,各簇的通信过 程相似,以下,为了便于理解和说明,簇#A(或者,也可以称为终端设备簇#A)的通信过程为例,对本申请的无线通信方法进行详细说明。In this application, a communication system may include one cluster or multiple clusters, and the communication process of each cluster is similar. Hereinafter, for ease of understanding and description, cluster #A (or, it may also be referred to as a terminal device cluster) The communication process of #A) is taken as an example, and the wireless communication method of the present application will be described in detail.
图2示出了本申请的下行数据的传输过程,如图2所示,当网络设备需要向簇#A内的多个终端设备(例如,可以是簇#A内的部分或全部终端设备)发送下行数据(记做,数据#A)时,在S110,网络设备可以通过组播(或广播)方式,向簇#A内的各终端设备发送下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)。例如,该DCI可以承载于物理下行链路控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)Fig. 2 shows the transmission process of downlink data of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, when a network device needs to send data to multiple terminal devices in cluster #A (for example, it may be some or all of the terminal devices in cluster #A) When sending downlink data (denoted, data #A), in S110, the network device may send downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) to each terminal device in cluster #A by multicast (or broadcast). For example, the DCI may be carried on a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)
其中,该DCI包括物理下行链路共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)的时频资源的指示信息,并且,该PDSCH用于承载网络设备需要发送给簇#A内的多个(例如,部分或全部)终端设备的数据#A。Wherein, the DCI includes indication information of time-frequency resources of a physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), and the PDSCH is used for carrying network equipment and needs to be sent to multiple (for example, some or all) data #A of the terminal device.
并且,簇#A内的终端设备可以盲检测DCI,进而根据接收到的DCI,确定时频资源#A。In addition, the terminal equipment in cluster #A can blindly detect DCI, and then determine time-frequency resource #A according to the received DCI.
从而,网络设备在PDSCH(或者说,PDSCH对应的时频资源)上发送数据#A,簇#A内的终端设备在PDSCH上接收数据#A。Therefore, the network device transmits the data #A on the PDSCH (or the time-frequency resource corresponding to the PDSCH), and the terminal devices in the cluster #A receive the data #A on the PDSCH.
需要说明的是,在本申请中,该数据#A可以是初传数据,也可以是重传数据,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that, in this application, the data #A may be initial transmission data or retransmission data, which is not particularly limited in this application.
在S120,簇#A内的簇成员(或者说,簇成员终端设备)向簇#A内的簇首(或者说,簇首终端设备,记做簇首#A)发送针对数据#A的反馈信息(即,第二反馈信息的一例,记做反馈信息#B1)。In S120, the cluster members (or cluster member terminal devices) in cluster #A send feedback for data #A to the cluster head (or cluster head terminal devices, denoted as cluster head #A) in cluster #A information (that is, an example of the second feedback information, referred to as feedback information #B1).
其中,各簇成员发送反馈信息#B1的过程相似,这里,为了便于理解,以簇成员#A为例,对该过程进行详细说明。The process of sending the feedback information #B1 by each cluster member is similar. Here, for ease of understanding, the process is described in detail by taking the cluster member #A as an example.
首先,簇成员#A根据其自身是否正确接收(或者说,是否正确译码)数据#A的情况,生成该簇成员#A的针对网络设备发送的数据#A的反馈信息#B1。其中,该过程可以与现有技术相似,这里为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。First, the cluster member #A generates feedback information #B1 of the cluster member #A for the data #A sent by the network device according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #A. The process may be similar to that in the prior art, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
其后,簇成员#A在时频资源#B1(即,第二资源的一例)上向簇首#A发送该反馈信息#B1。Thereafter, the cluster member #A transmits the feedback information #B1 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B1 (ie, an example of the second resource).
其中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#B1的指示信息。Wherein, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1.
需要说明的是在本申请中,簇#A中的各簇成员向簇首#A发送针对网络设备发送的数据#A的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源(即,第二资源的一例)可以相同,也可以不同,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that in this application, each cluster member in cluster #A sends the time-frequency resource (ie, an example of the second resource) to the cluster head #A when the feedback information for the data #A sent by the network device is used. They may be the same or different, and are not particularly limited in the present application.
当簇#A中的各簇成员向簇首#A发送针对网络设备发送的数据#A的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源相同,即,均为上述时频资源#B1时,各簇成员可以采用码分复用、频分复用或空分复用等方式使用该相同的时频资源传输各自的反馈信息。此情况下,在DCI中携带时频资源#B1的指示信息即可,从而能够减小信令开销。When each cluster member in cluster #A sends the feedback information for data #A sent by the network device to cluster head #A, the time-frequency resources used are the same, that is, when they are all the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B1, each cluster member The same time-frequency resource can be used to transmit the respective feedback information by means of code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing, or space division multiplexing. In this case, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 may be carried in the DCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该DCI中可以指示网络设备分配给该簇#A的时频资源,并且,簇首#A可以预先告知各簇成员时频资源的分配规则,从而,簇成员#A能够根据该分配规则,从分配给该簇#A的时频资源中确定时频资源#B1。In a possible implementation manner, the DCI may instruct the network device to allocate time-frequency resources to the cluster #A, and the cluster head #A may inform each cluster member of the time-frequency resource allocation rules in advance, so that the cluster members can #A can determine the time-frequency resource #B1 from the time-frequency resources allocated to the cluster #A according to the allocation rule.
当簇#A中的各簇成员向簇首#A发送针对网络设备发送的数据#A的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源不相同时,在DCI中可以携带各簇成员发送针对数据#A的反馈信息时所使 用的时频资源的指示信息。When the time-frequency resources used by each cluster member in the cluster #A to send the feedback information for the data #A sent by the network device to the cluster head #A are different, each cluster member can be carried in the DCI to send the feedback information for the data #A. Indication information of the time-frequency resources used in the feedback information.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#B1的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#B1的时域位置(记做,时域位置#B1)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#B1的频域位置(记做,频域位置#B1)的指示信息。As an example and not a limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B1) of the time-frequency resource #B1 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B1 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B1).
其中,频域位置#B1的指示信息可以承载于DCI的“物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)资源指示字段”。Wherein, the indication information of the frequency domain location #B1 may be carried in the "Physical Uplink Control Channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH) resource indication field" of the DCI.
并且,该时域位置#B1的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#B1的相对位置,即该时域位置#B1相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(例如,图2所示t1),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于DCI的发送时刻,或者数据#A(或者说,承载数据#A的PDSCH)的发送时刻。In addition, the indication information of the time domain position #B1 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B1, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B1 and the reference time domain position (for example, t1 shown in FIG. 2 ) For example, the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the transmission time of DCI, or the transmission time of data #A (or, in other words, the PDSCH carrying data #A).
其中,时域位置#B1的指示信息可以承载于DCI的“PDSCH至混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)反馈时间指示(PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator)字段”。Wherein, the indication information of time domain position #B1 may be carried in the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI.
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#B1的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#B1的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#B1的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain position #B1 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the indication information of the time domain position #B1 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B1.
并且,簇首#A可以基于DCI的指示确定时频资源#B1,从而,簇首#A能够在时频资源#B1上接收到各簇成员发送的针对数据#A的反馈信息。In addition, the cluster head #A can determine the time-frequency resource #B1 based on the indication of the DCI, so that the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for data #A sent by each cluster member on the time-frequency resource #B1.
在S130,簇首#A可以根据各簇成员发送的针对数据#A的反馈信息以及其自身是否正确接收数据#A的情况,生成反馈信息#A1(即,第一反馈信息的一例)。In S130, the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A1 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) according to the feedback information for the data #A sent by each cluster member and whether it has correctly received the data #A.
作为示例而非限定,该反馈信息#A1可以包括但不限于以下任意一种方式(或者说,指示内容)。As an example and not a limitation, the feedback information #A1 may include, but is not limited to, any of the following manners (or indicate content).
方式1 way 1
即,该反馈信息#A1包括簇#A内的每个终端设备的针对数据#A的反馈信息。That is, the feedback information #A1 includes feedback information for data #A of each terminal device within cluster #A.
例如,反馈信息#A1包括N个比特位,N个比特位与簇#A内的N个终端设备一一对应,每个比特位用于承载所对应的终端设备的针对数据#A的反馈信息,例如,确认(ACK)或非确认(NACK)。For example, the feedback information #A1 includes N bits, the N bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the N terminal devices in the cluster #A, and each bit is used to carry the feedback information for the data #A of the corresponding terminal device , for example, acknowledgment (ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK).
方式2way 2
即,簇#A内的各终端设备的针对某个数据的接收情况可以包括以下2种情况:That is, the receiving conditions of each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following two situations:
情况1,簇#A内的每个终端设备均正确接收; Case 1, each terminal device in cluster #A receives correctly;
情况2,簇#A内的至少一个终端设备未正确接收。Case 2, at least one terminal device within cluster #A does not receive correctly.
例如,在本申请中,可以用1个比特来区分上述情况1和情况2,例如,“0”代表情况1,“1”代表情况2。For example, in this application, 1 bit can be used to distinguish the above case 1 and case 2, for example, "0" represents case 1, and "1" represents case 2.
此情况下,该反馈信息#A1可以用于指示上述情况1或情况2中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内的各终端)对于数据#A的实际接收结果的情况,记做,情况#A。In this case, the feedback information #A1 can be used to indicate the situation in the above-mentioned case 1 or case 2 that conforms to the actual reception result of the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A), Remember to do, case #A.
并且,该反馈信息#A1可以包括情况#A对应的比特。And, the feedback information #A1 may include bits corresponding to the case #A.
方式3way 3
即,簇#A内的各终端设备的针对某个数据的接收情况可以包括以下4种情况:That is, the receiving conditions of each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following four situations:
情况a,簇#A内的每个终端设备均正确接收;In case a, each terminal device in cluster #A receives correctly;
情况b,簇首#A正确接收,至少一个簇成员未正确接收;In case b, cluster head #A receives correctly, and at least one cluster member does not receive correctly;
情况c,簇首#A未正确接收,至少一个簇成员正确接收;In case c, the cluster head #A is not correctly received, and at least one cluster member is correctly received;
情况d,簇#A内的每个终端设备均未正确接收。In case d, each terminal device within cluster #A is not receiving correctly.
例如,在本申请中,可以用2个比特来区分上述情况a~情况c,例如,“00”代表情况#A为上述情况a,“01”代表情况b,“10”代表情况c,“11”代表情况d。此情况下,该反馈信息#A1可以用于指示上述情况a~情况c中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内的各终端)对于数据#A的实际接收结果的情况,记做,情况#A。并且,该反馈信息#A1可以包括情况#A对应的比特序列。For example, in this application, 2 bits can be used to distinguish the above-mentioned case a ~ case c, for example, "00" represents the case #A is the above-mentioned case a, "01" represents the case b, "10" represents the case c, " 11" represents case d. In this case, the feedback information #A1 can be used to indicate the cases in the above-mentioned cases a to c that correspond to the actual reception results of the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A), Remember to do, case #A. And, the feedback information #A1 may include a bit sequence corresponding to the case #A.
再例如,在本申请中,承载在PUCCH上的UCI序列,例如,ZC序列,可以包括多种(至少三种)循环移位。其中,上述情况a~情况c中的每一种情况对应一种循环移位。For another example, in this application, the UCI sequence carried on the PUCCH, for example, the ZC sequence, may include multiple (at least three) cyclic shifts. Wherein, each of the above cases a to case c corresponds to a cyclic shift.
或者说,在网络设备和簇首中可以保存映射关系#1,该映射关系#1用于指示情况a~情况c中的每一种情况所对应的循环移位。In other words, a mapping relationship #1 may be stored in the network device and the cluster head, where the mapping relationship #1 is used to indicate the cyclic shift corresponding to each of the cases a to the case c.
从而,簇首#A基于与上述情况a~情况c中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内的各终端)对于数据#A的实际接收结果的情况(即,情况#A)对应的循环移位(记做,循环移位#A)在PUCCH上发送UCI。Therefore, the cluster head #A is based on the cases corresponding to the actual reception results of the data #A for the data #A by the cluster #A (specifically, each terminal in the cluster #A) among the above-mentioned cases a to c (that is, the case #A). ) The corresponding cyclic shift (denoted, cyclic shift #A) transmits UCI on the PUCCH.
即,可以通过该情况#A对应的循环移位,间接指示反馈信息#A1。That is, the feedback information #A1 can be indirectly indicated by the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #A.
或者说,该情况#A对应的循环移位是反馈信息#A1的一种实现方式。In other words, the cyclic shift corresponding to the situation #A is an implementation of the feedback information #A1.
在S140,簇首#A在时频资源#A1(即,第一资源的一例)上向网络设备发送该反馈信息#A1。At S140, the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A1 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A1 (ie, an example of the first resource).
其中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#A1的指示信息。Wherein, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#A1的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#A1的时域位置(记做,时域位置#A1)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#A1的频域位置(记做,频域位置#A1)的指示信息。As an example and not a limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #A1) of the time-frequency resource #A1 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #A1).
其中,频域位置#A1的指示信息可以承载于DCI的“PUCCH资源指示字段”。The indication information of the frequency domain location #A1 may be carried in the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI.
并且,该时域位置#A1的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#A1的相对位置,即该时域位置#A1相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(例如,图3所示t2),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于DCI的发送时刻,或者数据#A(或者说,承载数据#A的PDSCH)的发送时刻。In addition, the indication information of the time domain position #A1 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #A1, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #A1 and the reference time domain position (for example, t2 shown in FIG. 3 ) For example, the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the transmission time of DCI, or the transmission time of data #A (or, in other words, the PDSCH carrying data #A).
其中,时域位置#A1的指示信息可以承载于DCI的“PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段”。Wherein, the indication information of the time domain position #A1 may be carried in the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI.
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#A1的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#A1的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#A1的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain location #A1 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this. For example, the indication information of the time domain location #A1 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #A1.
或者,在一种可能的实现方式中,假设在自DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻起经过规定的时长T而形成的时间窗内包括U个用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时域资源(记做,t U)。则例如,该DCI可以包括相邻的两个簇反馈信息之间的时间间隔t U的信息,或者说,该DCI可以包括簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的周期。再例如,该DCI还可以包括时长T的信息。再例如,该DCI还可以包括U的数值。再例如,DCI可以包含用于确定首个用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时域资源的信息、时间间隔tu和指示 U数值的信息。上述信息中的一个或多个信息可以视为时域位置#A1的指示信息,即,上述信息中的一个或多个信息可以隐式指示时域位置#A1的指示信息,此情况下,簇首#A能够根据DCI中携带的上述信息以及DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻,计算出包括时域位置#1等用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻。 Or, in a possible implementation manner, it is assumed that the time window formed by a specified duration T from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) includes U data for the cluster head #A to send the feedback information to the network device. Time domain resource (noted, t U ). Then, for example, the DCI may include information of the time interval t U between the feedback information of two adjacent clusters, or, in other words, the DCI may include the period during which the cluster head #A sends the feedback information to the network device. For another example, the DCI may further include information of the duration T. For another example, the DCI may also include the value of U. For another example, the DCI may include information used to determine the first time domain resource for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device, the time interval tu, and the information indicating the value of U. One or more pieces of the above-mentioned information may be regarded as indication information of time-domain position #A1, that is, one or more pieces of information in the above-mentioned information may implicitly indicate the indication information of time-domain position #A1, in this case, the cluster Head #A can calculate the time, including time domain position #1, for cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device according to the above information carried in the DCI and the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH).
在本申请中,时域位置#A1的指示信息和时域位置#B1的指示信息可以由同一信息(记做,信息#1)指示。即,簇首#A在从DCI(例如,DCI的“PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段”)读取到该信息#1时,认为该信息#1指示时域位置#A1;簇成员#A在从DCI读取到该信息#1时,可以认为该信息#1指示时域位置#B1。In this application, the indication information of time domain location #A1 and the indication information of time domain location #B1 may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #1). That is, when the cluster head #A reads the information #1 from the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI), it is considered that the information #1 indicates the time domain position #A1; cluster member #A When the information #1 is read from the DCI, it can be considered that the information #1 indicates the time domain position #B1.
或者,簇首#A在从DCI(例如,DCI的“PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段”)读取到该信息#1时,认为该信息#1指示时域位置#A1和时域位置#B1。Or, when the cluster head #A reads the information #1 from the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the time domain location #A1 and the time domain location # B1.
在一种可能的实施方式中,簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(例如,该时域位置相对于PDSCH的时间间隔)存在X种可能的情况,并且,簇成员向簇首发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(例如,该时域位置相对于PDSCH的时间间隔)存在Y种可能的情况。即,该X种情况和Y种情况构成X·Y种可能的组合。In a possible implementation manner, the time domain position of the time-frequency resource (for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of the PDSCH) for the cluster head to send the feedback information to the network device has X possible situations, and the cluster members There are Y possible situations for the time-domain position of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head (eg, the time-domain position relative to the time interval of the PDSCH). That is, the X cases and the Y cases constitute X·Y possible combinations.
此情况下,在网络设备中可以存储表项1,该表项1可以保存X·Y种可能的组合与X·Y个索引之间的一一对应关系。In this case, entry 1 may be stored in the network device, and entry 1 may store the one-to-one correspondence between X·Y possible combinations and X·Y indices.
并且,在簇首#A中,可以存储表项1,或者,在簇首#A中可以存储X·Y个索引中的每个索引对应的簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(即,上述X种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in the cluster head #A, table entry 1 may be stored, or, in the cluster head #A, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the X·Y indices may be stored in the cluster head #A. Time domain location (ie, one of the X possible locations above).
并且,在每个簇成员中,可以存储表项1,或者,在簇成员中可以存储X·Y个索引中的每个索引对应的簇成员向簇首发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(即,上述Y种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in each cluster member, table entry 1 may be stored, or the cluster member may store the time domain of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the X·Y indices. position (ie, one of the Y possible positions above).
从而,网络设备可以根据表项#1,确定时域位置#A1和时域位置#B1构成的组合(记做,组合#A)对应的索引(记做,索引#A)。并将索引#A携带于DCI(例如,DCI的“PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段”)。在另外的实施例中,每个索引(例如索引#A)可以关联一个或多个时域位置#A1,和一个或多个时域位置#B1。索引与时域位置A1和时域位置B1之间的对应关系,可以是预设,或者是由网络设备配置的。Therefore, the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #A) corresponding to the combination (denoted, combination #A) formed by time domain location #A1 and time domain location #B1 according to table entry #1. The index #A is carried in the DCI (for example, the "PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field" of the DCI). In further embodiments, each index (eg, index #A) may be associated with one or more time domain locations #A1, and one or more time domain locations #B1. The corresponding relationship between the index and the time domain position A1 and the time domain position B1 may be preset or configured by a network device.
进而,簇首#A可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#A,进而确定时域位置#A1(或者,时域位置#A1和时域位置#B1),簇成员#A可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#A,进而确定时域位置#B1。Further, the cluster head #A can determine the index #A from the stored table entry, and then determine the time domain position #A1 (or, the time domain position #A1 and the time domain position #B1), and the cluster member #A can be stored from the stored table entry #A. The index #A is determined in the entry of , and then the time domain position #B1 is determined.
类似地,频域位置#A1的指示信息和频域位置#B1的指示信息可以由同一信息(记做,信息#2)指示。即,簇首#A在从DCI(例如,DCI的“PUCCH资源指示字段”)读取到该信息#2时,认为该信息#1指示频域位置#A1;簇成员#A在从DCI读取到该信息#2时,可以认为该信息#2指示频域位置#B1。Similarly, the indication information of frequency domain location #A1 and the indication information of frequency domain location #B1 may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #2). That is, when the cluster head #A reads the information #2 from the DCI (for example, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the frequency domain location #A1; the cluster member #A is reading the information from the DCI When the information #2 is obtained, it can be considered that the information #2 indicates the frequency domain position #B1.
或者,簇首#A在从DCI(例如,DCI的“PUCCH资源指示字段”)读取到该信息#2时,认为该信息#1指示频域位置#A1和频域位置#B1。Alternatively, when the cluster head #A reads the information #2 from the DCI (for example, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI), it considers that the information #1 indicates the frequency domain location #A1 and the frequency domain location #B1.
在一种可能的实施方式中,簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的频域位置存在W种可能的情况,并且,簇成员向簇首发送反馈信息的时频资源的频域位置存在Z种可能的情况。即,该W种情况和Z种情况构成W·Z种可能的组合。In a possible implementation manner, there are W possible situations in the frequency domain position of the time-frequency resource for the cluster head to send the feedback information to the network device, and the frequency domain position of the time-frequency resource for the cluster member to send the feedback information to the cluster head There are Z possible scenarios. That is, the W cases and Z cases constitute W·Z possible combinations.
此情况下,在网络设备中可以存储表项2,该表项2可以保存W·Z种可能的组合与W·Z个索引之间的一一对应关系。In this case, a table entry 2 may be stored in the network device, and the table entry 2 may store a one-to-one correspondence between W·Z possible combinations and W·Z indices.
并且,在簇首#A中,可以存储表项2,或者,在簇首#A中可以存储W·Z个索引中的每个索引对应的簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的频域位置(即,上述W种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in the cluster head #A, table entry 2 may be stored, or in the cluster head #A, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the W·Z indices may be stored in the cluster head #A. Frequency domain location (ie, one of the above W possible locations).
并且,在每个簇成员中,可以存储表项2,或者,在簇成员中可以存储W·Z个索引中的每个索引对应的簇成员向簇首发送反馈信息的时频资源的频域位置(即,上述Z种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in each cluster member, table entry 2 may be stored, or the cluster member may store the frequency domain of the time-frequency resource for sending feedback information to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the W·Z indices. position (ie, one of the Z possible positions described above).
从而,网络设备可以根据表项#2,确定频域位置#A1和频域位置#B1构成的组合(记做,组合#B)对应的索引(记做,索引#B)。并将索引#B携带于DCI(例如,DCI的“PUCCH资源指示字段”)。Therefore, the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #B) corresponding to the combination (denoted, combination #B) formed by frequency domain location #A1 and frequency domain location #B1 according to table entry #2. The index #B is carried in the DCI (eg, the "PUCCH resource indication field" of the DCI).
进而,簇首#A可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#B,进而确定频域位置#A1(或者,频域位置#A1和频域位置#B1),簇成员#A可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#B,进而确定频域位置#B1。Further, the cluster head #A can determine the index #B from the stored table entry, and then determine the frequency domain position #A1 (or, the frequency domain position #A1 and the frequency domain position #B1), and the cluster member #A can be determined from the stored table entry #A1. The index #B is determined in the table entry of , and then the frequency domain position #B1 is determined.
可选地,在S150,当簇#A内的至少一个终端设备未正确接收数据#A时,簇首#A控制簇#A内的终端数设备执行簇内重传的处理过程,随后,结合图3和图4对该过程进行详细说明。Optionally, at S150, when at least one terminal device in cluster #A does not correctly receive data #A, cluster head #A controls the terminal number devices in cluster #A to perform a process of retransmission within the cluster, and subsequently, combined with Figures 3 and 4 illustrate this process in detail.
在S160,网络设备根据所接收到的反馈信息#A1,执行操作。At S160, the network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A1.
例如,当反馈信息#A1指示簇#A内的所有终端设备均正确接收数据#A,则网络设备可以结束数据#A的发送过程,并且可以发送新的数据。For example, when the feedback information #A1 indicates that all terminal devices in the cluster #A have correctly received the data #A, the network device may end the sending process of the data #A, and may send new data.
例如,当反馈信息#A1指示簇#A内的所有终端设备均未正确接收数据#A,则网络设备重传数据#A,例如,网络设备重新发送(即,组播或广播)数据#A,或者,发送(即,组播或广播)数据#A的冗余版本。For example, when feedback information #A1 indicates that all terminal devices in cluster #A have not received data #A correctly, the network device retransmits data #A, eg, the network device retransmits (ie, multicasts or broadcasts) data #A , or, send (ie, multicast or broadcast) a redundant version of data #A.
再例如,当反馈信息#A1指示簇#A内的至少一个终端设备未正确接收数据#A,则网络设备可以等待簇#A内的对于数据#A的簇内重传过程。For another example, when the feedback information #A1 indicates that at least one terminal device in the cluster #A has not correctly received the data #A, the network device may wait for the intra-cluster retransmission process for the data #A in the cluster #A.
下面,对该簇内重传过程进行详细说明。Next, the intra-cluster retransmission process will be described in detail.
其中,该簇内重传过程的目的是使未正确接收数据#A的簇成员能够从簇#A内部正确接收数据#A,并且未正确接收数据#A的簇成员可能是一个,也可能是多个,本申请并未特别限定,以下,为了便于理解和说明,假设簇成员#A未正确接收数据#A,并以簇成员#A在重传过程中的动作为例,对该重传过程进行说明。The purpose of the intra-cluster retransmission process is to enable a cluster member that does not correctly receive data #A to correctly receive data #A from within cluster #A, and the cluster member that does not correctly receive data #A may be one or another This application is not particularly limited. In the following, for the convenience of understanding and description, it is assumed that cluster member #A does not correctly receive data #A, and the action of cluster member #A in the retransmission process is taken as an example, the retransmission process is explained.
图3示出了当簇首#A正确接收数据#A时的过程。FIG. 3 shows the procedure when the cluster head #A correctly receives the data #A.
首先,簇首#A可以发送侧行链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI),该SCI包括时频资源#C的指示信息,该时频资源#C是物理侧行链路共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)的时频资源,并且,该PSSCH用于承载簇首#A需要发送给未正确接收数据#A的簇成员(例如,簇成员#A)的数据#B,其中,该数据#B可以为数据#A,或者该数据#B也可以为数据#A的冗余版本,或者数据#B可以与数据#A的编码方式(包括编码类型、码率、编码长度等)不同,具体地说,该数据#B和数据#A可以是相同的信息比特基于不同的编码方式编码后的数据。First, cluster head #A can send sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI), the SCI includes indication information of time-frequency resource #C, and the time-frequency resource #C is the physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Control Information, SCI). Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH) time-frequency resources, and the PSSCH is used to carry the data #B that the cluster head #A needs to send to the cluster members (for example, the cluster member #A) that does not receive the data #A correctly, wherein the Data #B can be data #A, or data #B can also be a redundant version of data #A, or data #B can be different from data #A in encoding methods (including encoding type, code rate, encoding length, etc.) Specifically, the data #B and the data #A may be data encoded by the same information bits based on different encoding methods.
作为示例而非限定,该SCI可以采用广播或组播方式发送。As an example and not a limitation, the SCI may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
例如,该SCI中可以携带包括簇成员#A在内的各未正确接收数据#A的簇成员的标识,从而,簇#A内的各簇成员判定自身的标识是否携带在该SCI中。如果判定结果为“是”,则可以确定其为该SCI的接收端,并且需要基于SCI的指示接收数据。For example, the SCI may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #A that did not correctly receive data #A, so that each cluster member in cluster #A determines whether its own identifier is carried in the SCI. If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI, and needs to receive data based on the indication of the SCI.
再例如,该SCI中可以不包括未正确接收数据#A的簇成员的标识,从而,簇#A内的各簇成员根据数据#A是否正确接收的情况,确定其是否为该SCI的接收端,以及是否需要基于SCI的指示接收数据。即,如果某个簇成员(例如,簇成员#A)未正确接收数据#A,则该簇成员#A确定需要解析该SCI,并且需要基于SCI的指示接收数据。For another example, the SCI may not include the identifiers of the cluster members that did not receive the data #A correctly, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether it is the receiving end of the SCI according to whether the data #A is correctly received. , and whether data needs to be received based on an SCI-based indication. That is, if a certain cluster member (eg, cluster member #A) does not correctly receive data #A, the cluster member #A determines that the SCI needs to be parsed, and needs to receive data based on the SCI's indication.
再例如,本申请的SCI可以包括字段#A和字段#B。For another example, the SCI of the present application may include field #A and field #B.
其中,字段#B携带有一个或多个终端设备的标识(记做标识#1)。Wherein, the field #B carries the identifiers of one or more terminal devices (denoted as identifier #1).
该字段#A携带的信息用于指示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方还是接收方。例如,“1”表示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方,“0”表示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的接收方。The information carried in the field #A is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender or the receiver of the data. For example, "1" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender of data, and "0" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the receiver of the data.
此情况下,在图3所示过程中,该字段#B携带簇首#A的标识,该字段#A携带的信息指示字段#B携带的标识所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方,即,字段#A携带“1”。In this case, in the process shown in FIG. 3 , the field #B carries the identifier of the cluster head #A, and the information carried in the field #A indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier carried in the field #B is the sender of the data, that is, , and field #A carries "1".
此情况下,簇成员#A可以基于字段#A携带的信息,确定字段#B携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇首#A)为数据#B的发送端,并且,由于簇成员#A未正确接收数据#A,因此,其判定为需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。In this case, cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster head #A) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #B, and because the cluster member #A does not correctly receive data #A, therefore, it is determined that it needs to receive the data scheduled by this SCI (ie, data #B).
此外,对于正确接收数据#A的簇成员,可以判定为不需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。In addition, it can be determined that it is not necessary to receive the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) for the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A.
再例如,本申请的SCI可以包括字段#C。For another example, the SCI of the present application may include field #C.
其中,字段#C携带的标识为数据(例如,重传的数据)的发送方。The identifier carried in field #C is the sender of the data (for example, retransmitted data).
此情况下,在图3所示过程中,该字段#C携带簇首#A的标识。In this case, in the process shown in FIG. 3 , the field #C carries the identifier of the cluster head #A.
并且,簇成员#A可以基于字段#A携带的信息,确定字段#C携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇首#A)为数据#B的发送端,并且,由于簇成员#A未正确接收数据#A,因此,其判定为需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。Furthermore, cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster head #A) indicated by the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of data #B, and since cluster member #A Data #A is not received correctly, so it is determined that the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) needs to be received.
此外,对于正确接收数据#A的簇成员,可以判定为不需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。In addition, it can be determined that it is not necessary to receive the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) for the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A.
在一种实现方式中,簇#A内的簇成员可以盲检测SCI。In one implementation, cluster members within cluster #A can blindly detect SCI.
从而,簇首#A在时频资源#C上发送数据#B,簇成员#A在时频资源#C上接收数据#B。Thus, cluster head #A sends data #B on time-frequency resource #C, and cluster member #A receives data #B on time-frequency resource #C.
其后,簇成员#A根据其自身是否正确接收(或者说,是否正确译码)数据#B的情况,生成该簇成员#A的针对簇首#A发送的数据#B的反馈信息#B2。Thereafter, the cluster member #A generates feedback information #B2 of the cluster member #A with respect to the data #B sent by the cluster head #A according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #B. .
其后,簇成员#A在时频资源#B2(即,第二资源的一例)上向簇首#A发送该反馈信息#B2。After that, the cluster member #A sends the feedback information #B2 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B2 (ie, an example of the second resource).
在一种实现方式中,上述SCI中携带有该时频资源#B2的指示信息。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned SCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2.
在另一种实现方式中,网络设备可以通过高层信令发送该时频资源#B2的指示信息。In another implementation manner, the network device may send the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 through high-layer signaling.
需要说明的是在本申请中,簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员向簇首#A发送针对数据#B的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源(即,第二资源的一例)可以相同,也可以不同,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that in this application, each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A is the time-frequency resource (that is, the second resource) used when sending feedback information for data #B to cluster head #A. An example) may be the same or different, and is not particularly limited in the present application.
当簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送针对数据#B的反馈信息时所使用的 时频资源相同,即,均为上述时频资源#B2时,各簇成员可以采用码分复用、频分复用或空分复用等方式使用该相同的时频资源传输各自的反馈信息。此情况下,在SCI中携带时频资源#B2的指示信息即可,从而能够减小信令开销。When each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses the same time-frequency resource when sending the feedback information for data #B, that is, the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B2, each cluster member may use the same time-frequency resource. Code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing or space division multiplexing etc. use the same time-frequency resource to transmit respective feedback information. In this case, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 may be carried in the SCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
当簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送针对数据#B的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源不相同时,在SCI中可以携带各簇成员发送针对数据#B的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源的指示信息。此情况下,能够降低通信的复杂度。When each cluster member in cluster #A that does not receive data #A correctly uses different time-frequency resources when sending feedback information for data #B, each cluster member can be carried in the SCI to send feedback for data #B Indication information of the time-frequency resources used in the information. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#B2的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#B2的时域位置(记做,时域位置#B2)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#B2的频域位置(记做,频域位置#B2)的指示信息。By way of example and not limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B2) of the time-frequency resource #B2 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B2 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B2).
并且,该时域位置#B2的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#B2的相对位置,即该时域位置#B2相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(例如,图3所示t3),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于SCI的发送时刻,或者数据#B(或者说,承载数据#B的PSSCH)的发送时刻。In addition, the indication information of the time domain position #B2 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B2, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B2 and the reference time domain position (for example, t3 shown in FIG. 3 ) For example, the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending time of the SCI, or the sending time of the data #B (or, in other words, the PSSCH carrying the data #B).
作为示例而非限定,SCI还可以包括该t3的指示信息,或者,t3也可以是网络设备通过高层信令配置的。As an example but not a limitation, the SCI may further include the indication information of the t3, or the t3 may also be configured by the network device through high-layer signaling.
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#B2的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#B2的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#B2的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain position #B2 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this. For example, the indication information of the time domain position #B2 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B2.
从而,簇首#A能够接收到簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送的针对数据#B的反馈信息。Therefore, the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for the data #B sent by each cluster member in the cluster #A that has not correctly received the data #A.
其后,簇首#A可以根据针对数据#B的各反馈信息,生成反馈信息#A2(即,第一反馈信息的一例)。After that, the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A2 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) based on the feedback information for the data #B.
与上述反馈信息#A1相似,该反馈信息#A2可以包括但不限于以下任意一种方式(或者说,指示内容)。Similar to the above-mentioned feedback information #A1, the feedback information #A2 may include, but is not limited to, any of the following manners (or, in other words, indicating content).
方式4way 4
即,该反馈信息#A2包括簇#A内未正确接收数据#A的每个簇成员的针对数据#B的反馈信息。That is, this feedback information #A2 includes feedback information for data #B for each cluster member within cluster #A that did not receive data #A correctly.
例如,反馈信息#A2包括N个比特位,N个比特位与簇#A内的N个终端设备一一对应,每个比特位用于承载所对应的终端设备的反馈信息,例如,确认(ACK)或非确认(NACK)。For example, the feedback information #A2 includes N bits, and the N bits are in one-to-one correspondence with the N terminal equipments in the cluster #A, and each bit is used to carry the feedback information of the corresponding terminal equipment, for example, an acknowledgment ( ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK).
方式5way 5
即,簇#A内的各簇成员的针对某个数据的接收情况可以包括以下2种情况:That is, the reception conditions of each cluster member in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following two situations:
情况3,每个接收端均正确接收;Case 3, each receiver receives correctly;
情况4,至少一个接收端未正确接收。Case 4, at least one receiver is not receiving correctly.
例如,在本申请中,可以用1个比特来区分上述情况3和情况4,例如,“0”代表情况3,“1”代表情况4。For example, in the present application, 1 bit can be used to distinguish the above case 3 and case 4, for example, "0" represents case 3, and "1" represents case 4.
此情况下,该反馈信息#A2可以用于指示上述情况3或情况4中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员)对于数据#B的实际接收结果的情况,记做,情况#B。In this case, the feedback information #A2 can be used to indicate that the conforming cluster #A in the above-mentioned case 3 or case 4 (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not receive the data #A correctly) is for the data #B The case of the actual reception result is recorded as case #B.
并且,该反馈信息#A2可以包括情况#B对应的比特。And, the feedback information #A2 may include bits corresponding to the case #B.
方式6way 6
即,簇#A内的各终端设备的针对某个数据的接收情况可以包括以下3种情况:That is, the receiving conditions of each terminal device in cluster #A for a certain data may include the following three situations:
情况a,簇#A内的每个终端设备均正确接收;In case a, each terminal device in cluster #A receives correctly;
情况b,簇首#A正确接收,至少一个簇成员未正确接收;In case b, cluster head #A receives correctly, and at least one cluster member does not receive correctly;
情况c,簇首#A未正确接收,至少一个簇成员正确接收。In case c, cluster head #A does not receive correctly, and at least one cluster member receives correctly.
例如,在本申请中,可以用2个比特来区分上述情况a~情况c,例如,“00”代表情况#A为上述情况a,“01”代表情况b,“10”代表情况c。此情况下,该反馈信息#A2可以用于指示上述情况a~情况c中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员)对于数据#B的实际接收结果的情况,记做,情况#B。并且,该反馈信息#A2可以包括情况#B对应的比特序列。For example, in this application, 2 bits can be used to distinguish the above cases a to c, for example, "00" represents the case #A is the above case a, "01" represents the case b, and "10" represents the case c. In this case, the feedback information #A2 can be used to indicate that the conforming cluster #A (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not correctly receive the data #A) in the above-mentioned cases a to c is for the data #B The case of the actual reception result is recorded as case #B. And, the feedback information #A2 may include the bit sequence corresponding to the case #B.
再例如,在本申请中,PUCCH序列,例如,ZC序列,可以包括多种(至少三种)循环移位。其中,上述情况a~情况c中的每一种情况对应一种循环移位。For another example, in this application, a PUCCH sequence, eg, a ZC sequence, may include multiple (at least three) cyclic shifts. Wherein, each of the above cases a to case c corresponds to a cyclic shift.
或者说,在网络设备和簇首中可以保存映射关系#1,该映射关系#1用于指示情况a~情况c中的每一种情况所对应的循环移位。In other words, a mapping relationship #1 may be stored in the network device and the cluster head, where the mapping relationship #1 is used to indicate the cyclic shift corresponding to each of the cases a to c.
从而,簇首#A基于与上述情况a~情况c中的符合簇#A(具体地说,是簇#A内未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员)对于数据#B的实际接收结果的情况(即,情况#B)对应的循环移位(记做,循环移位#B)发送PUCCH。Therefore, the cluster head #A is based on the actual reception result of the data #B corresponding to the cluster #A (specifically, each cluster member in the cluster #A that did not correctly receive the data #A) in the above-mentioned cases a to c. The cyclic shift (denoted, cyclic shift #B) corresponding to the case (ie, case #B) transmits the PUCCH.
即,可以通过该情况#B对应的循环移位,间接指示反馈信息#A2。That is, the feedback information #A2 can be indirectly indicated by the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #B.
或者说,该情况#B对应的循环移位是反馈信息#A2的一种实现方式。In other words, the cyclic shift corresponding to the case #B is an implementation manner of the feedback information #A2.
其后,簇首#A在时频资源#A2(即,第一资源的一例)上向网络设备发送该反馈信息#A2。Thereafter, the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A2 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A2 (ie, an example of the first resource).
在一种实现方式中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#A2的指示信息。并且,该时频资源#A2的指示信息指示的内容以及形式与时频资源#A1的指示信息类似,这里为了避免赘述省略其详细说明。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A2. In addition, the content and form indicated by the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A2 are similar to the indication information of the time-frequency resource #A1, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
在另一种实现方式中,该时频资源#A2的时域位置(记做,时域位置#2)与时频资源#A1的时域位置(即,时域位置#1)之间各有规定的时间间隔(例如,图3中的t6)。In another implementation manner, the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #2) of the time-frequency resource #A2 and the time-domain position (ie, time-domain position #1) of the time-frequency resource #A1 are There is a defined time interval (eg, t6 in Figure 3).
例如,该t6与t2相同,即,在本申请中,可能出现多次簇内重传的情况,此情况下,簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时域资源周期性出现,从而能够减小信令开销。For example, this t6 is the same as t2, that is, in the present application, multiple intra-cluster retransmissions may occur. In this case, the time domain resources for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device appear periodically, so that the Reduce signaling overhead.
在一种可能的实现方式中,假设在自DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻起经过规定的时长T而形成的时间窗内包括U个用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻(记做,t U)。 In a possible implementation, it is assumed that the time window formed by a specified duration T from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) includes U time points ( Remember to do, t U ).
则例如,该DCI可以包括相邻的两个簇反馈信息之间的时间间隔t U的信息,或者说,该DCI可以包括簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的周期。 Then, for example, the DCI may include information of the time interval t U between the feedback information of two adjacent clusters, or, in other words, the DCI may include the period during which the cluster head #A sends the feedback information to the network device.
再例如,该DCI还可以包括时长T的信息。For another example, the DCI may further include information of the duration T.
再例如,该DCI还可以包括U的数值。For another example, the DCI may also include the value of U.
从而,簇首#A能够根据DCI中携带的上述信息以及DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻,计算出包括时域位置#1和时域位置#2等用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻。Therefore, according to the above information carried in the DCI and the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH), the cluster head #A can calculate the time domain position #1 and the time domain position #2 for the cluster head #A to send feedback to the network device. moment of information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该DCI中可以携带t6的指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the DCI may carry the indication information of t6.
再一种可能的实现方式中,该时域位置#A2与PDSCH的时域位置之间各有规定的时 间间隔,该DCI中可以携带该时间间隔的指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, there is a predetermined time interval between the time domain position #A2 and the time domain position of the PDSCH, and the DCI may carry indication information of the time interval.
可选地,当簇#A内的至少一个簇成员未正确接收数据#B时,簇首#A还可以再次执行重传过程,例如,发送数据#A、数据#B或数据#A的另一冗余版本,并且该过程可以与数据#B的发送过程相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。Optionally, when at least one cluster member in cluster #A does not correctly receive data #B, the cluster head #A may also perform the retransmission process again, for example, send data #A, data #B or another of data #A. A redundant version, and the process may be similar to the transmission process of data #B, and its detailed description is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
并且,网络设备根据所接收到的反馈信息#A2,执行操作。And, the network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A2.
例如,当反馈信息#A2指示数据#B的所有接收端均正确接收(或者说,反馈信息#A2指示簇#A内的所有终端设备均正确接收数据#A),则网络设备可以结束数据#A的发送过程,并且可以发送新的数据。For example, when the feedback information #A2 indicates that all receiving ends of the data #B are correctly received (or in other words, the feedback information #A2 indicates that all the terminal devices in the cluster #A are correctly receiving the data #A), the network device can end the data #A A's sending process, and can send new data.
再例如,当反馈信息#A2指示数据#B的至少一个接收端未正确接收(或者说,反馈信息#A2指示簇#A内的至少一个终端设备未正确接收数据#A),则网络设备可以继续等待簇#A内的对于数据#A(或者说,数据#B)的簇内重传过程。For another example, when the feedback information #A2 indicates that at least one receiving end of the data #B has not correctly received the data (or in other words, the feedback information #A2 indicates that at least one terminal device in the cluster #A has not correctly received the data #A), the network device may Continue to wait for the intra-cluster retransmission process for data #A (or, data #B) in cluster #A.
图4示出了当簇首#A未正确接收数据#A时的过程。FIG. 4 shows the procedure when the cluster head #A does not correctly receive the data #A.
首先,簇首#A可以发送SCI#1,该SCI#1包括时频资源#D的指示信息,该时频资源#D是物理侧行链路共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)的时频资源,并且,该PSSCH用于承载簇成员#C需要发送给未正确接收数据#A的簇成员(例如,簇成员#A)的数据#C,其中,该数据#C可以为数据#A,或者,该数据#C也可以为数据#A的冗余版本,或者数据#C可以与数据#A的编码方式(包括编码类型、码率、编码长度等)不同,具体地说,该数据#C和数据#A可以是相同的信息比特基于不同的编码方式编码后的数据。First, the cluster head #A can send SCI#1, the SCI#1 includes the indication information of the time-frequency resource #D, the time-frequency resource #D is the physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH) time and the PSSCH is used to carry the data #C that the cluster member #C needs to send to the cluster member (for example, the cluster member #A) that does not receive the data #A correctly, where the data #C can be the data #A , or, the data #C may also be a redundant version of the data #A, or the data #C may be different from the encoding mode (including encoding type, code rate, encoding length, etc.) of the data #A. Specifically, the data #C and data #A may be data encoded by the same information bits based on different encoding methods.
其中,簇成员#C是正确接收数据#A的簇成员。并且,该簇成员#C可以是一个也可以是多个,本申请并未特别限定。Among them, cluster member #C is a cluster member that correctly receives data #A. In addition, the number of the cluster member #C may be one or more, which is not particularly limited in the present application.
作为示例而非限定,该SCI#1可以采用广播或组播方式发送。As an example and not a limitation, the SCI#1 may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
例如,该SCI#1中可以携带簇成员#C的标识,从而,簇#A内的各簇成员判定自身的标识是否携带在该SCI#1中(具体地说,是SCI#1中规定的用于承载该SCI调度的数据的发送端的标识的字段)。如果判定结果为“是”,则可以确定其为该SCI#1的发送端,并且需要基于SCI#1的指示发送数据(即,数据#C)。For example, the SCI#1 can carry the identifier of the cluster member #C, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether its own identifier is carried in the SCI#1 (specifically, it is specified in the SCI#1). A field used to carry the identifier of the sender of the data scheduled by the SCI). If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the transmitting end of the SCI #1, and it is necessary to transmit data (ie, data #C) based on the indication of the SCI #1.
例如,该SCI#1中可以携带包括簇成员#A在内的各未正确接收数据#A的簇成员的标识,从而,簇#A内的各簇成员判定自身的标识是否携带在该SCI#1中(具体地说,是SCI#1中规定的用于承载该SCI#1调度的数据的接收端的标识的字段)。如果判定结果为“是”,则可以确定其为该SCI#1的接收端,并且需要基于SCI#1的指示接收数据。For example, the SCI#1 may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #A that have not correctly received data #A, so that each cluster member in cluster #A determines whether their own identifiers are carried in the SCI# 1 (specifically, a field specified in SCI#1 for carrying the identifier of the receiving end of the data scheduled by this SCI#1). If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI#1, and needs to receive data based on the indication of the SCI#1.
再例如,该SCI#1中可以不包括未正确接收数据#A的簇成员的标识,从而,簇#A内的各簇成员根据数据#A是否正确接收的情况,确定其是否为该SCI#1的接收端,以及是否需要基于SCI#1的指示接收数据。即,如果某个簇成员(例如,簇成员#A)未正确接收数据#A,则该簇成员#A确定需要基于SCI#1的指示接收数据。For another example, the SCI#1 may not include the identifiers of the cluster members that did not correctly receive the data #A, so that each cluster member in the cluster #A determines whether it is the SCI# according to whether the data #A is correctly received. 1, and whether it needs to receive data based on the indication of SCI#1. That is, if a certain cluster member (eg, cluster member #A) does not correctly receive data #A, the cluster member #A determines that it needs to receive data based on the indication of SCI #1.
再例如,本申请的SCI#1可以包括字段#A和字段#B。For another example, SCI#1 of the present application may include field #A and field #B.
其中,字段#B携带有一个或多个终端设备的标识(记做标识#1)。Wherein, the field #B carries the identifiers of one or more terminal devices (denoted as identifier #1).
该字段#A携带的信息用于指示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方还是接收方。例如,“1”表示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方,“0”表示标识#A所指示的终端设备是数据的接收方。The information carried in the field #A is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender or the receiver of the data. For example, "1" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the sender of data, and "0" indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier #A is the receiver of the data.
此情况下,在图4所示过程中,该字段#B携带簇成员#C的标识,该字段#A携带的信息指示字段#B携带的标识所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方,即,字段#A携带“1”。In this case, in the process shown in FIG. 4 , the field #B carries the identifier of the cluster member #C, and the information carried in the field #A indicates that the terminal device indicated by the identifier carried in the field #B is the sender of the data, that is, , and field #A carries "1".
此情况下,簇成员#C可以基于字段#A携带的信息,确定字段#B携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇成员#C)为数据#C的发送端,从而,簇成员#C能够基于该SCI#1的调度的发送数据(即,数据#C)。In this case, cluster member #C can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #C, so that cluster member # C can transmit data (ie, data #C) based on the schedule of this SCI #1.
簇成员#A可以基于字段#A携带的信息,确定字段#B携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇成员#C)为数据#C的发送端,并且,由于簇成员#A未正确接收数据#A,因此,其判定为需要接收该SCI#1调度的数据(即,数据#C)。Cluster member #A can determine, based on the information carried in field #A, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #B is the sender of data #C, and because cluster member #A is incorrect Data #A is received, and therefore, it is determined that the data scheduled by this SCI #1 (ie, data #C) needs to be received.
此外,对于正确接收数据#A的簇成员,可以判定为不需要接收该SCI#1调度的数据(即,数据#C)。In addition, it can be determined that it is not necessary to receive the data scheduled by the SCI #1 (ie, the data #C) for the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A.
再例如,本申请的SCI可以包括字段#C。For another example, the SCI of the present application may include field #C.
其中,字段#C携带的标识为数据(例如,重传的数据)的发送方。The identifier carried in field #C is the sender of the data (for example, retransmitted data).
此情况下,在图4所示过程中,该字段#C携带簇成员#C的标识。In this case, in the process shown in FIG. 4 , the field #C carries the identifier of the cluster member #C.
簇成员#C可以基于字段#C携带的信息,确定字段#C携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇成员#C)为数据#C的发送端,从而,簇成员#C能够基于该SCI#1的调度的发送数据(即,数据#C)。Cluster member #C can determine, based on the information carried in field #C, that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried in field #C is the sender of data #C, so that cluster member #C can Scheduled transmission data of SCI #1 (ie, data #C).
并且,簇成员#A可以基于字段#A携带的信息,确定字段#C携带的标识所指示的终端设备(即,簇成员#C)为数据#B的发送端,并且,由于簇成员#A未正确接收数据#A,因此,其判定为需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。In addition, cluster member #A can determine that the terminal device (ie, cluster member #C) indicated by the identifier carried by field #C is the sender of data #B based on the information carried by field #A, and since cluster member #A Data #A is not received correctly, so it is determined that the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) needs to be received.
此外,对于正确接收数据#A的簇成员,可以判定为不需要接收该SCI调度的数据(即,数据#B)。In addition, it can be determined that it is not necessary to receive the data scheduled by the SCI (ie, data #B) for the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A.
在一种实现方式中,簇#A内的簇成员可以盲检测SCI#1。In one implementation, cluster members within cluster #A can blindly detect SCI #1.
从而,簇成员#C在时频资源#D上发送数据#C,簇成员#A在时频资源#D上接收数据#C。Thus, cluster member #C transmits data #C on time-frequency resource #D, and cluster member #A receives data #C on time-frequency resource #D.
可选地,在簇成员#C在时频资源#D上发送数据#C之前,簇成员#C还可以发送SCI#2,该SCI#2用于指示该时频资源#D。Optionally, before the cluster member #C sends the data #C on the time-frequency resource #D, the cluster member #C may also send SCI#2, where the SCI#2 is used to indicate the time-frequency resource #D.
簇成员#A根据其自身是否正确接收(或者说,是否正确译码)数据#C的情况,生成该簇成员#A的针对簇成员#C发送的数据#C的反馈信息#B3。The cluster member #A generates feedback information #B3 of the cluster member #A for the data #C sent by the cluster member #C according to whether it has correctly received (or correctly decoded) the data #C.
其后,簇成员#A在时频资源#B3(即,第二资源的一例)上向簇首#A发送该反馈信息#B3。After that, the cluster member #A sends the feedback information #B3 to the cluster head #A on the time-frequency resource #B3 (ie, an example of the second resource).
在一种实现方式中,上述SCI#2(或者,SCI#1)中携带有该时频资源#B3的指示信息。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned SCI#2 (or SCI#1) carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3.
在另一种实现方式中,网络设备可以通过高层信令发送该时频资源#B3的指示信息。In another implementation manner, the network device may send the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 through high-layer signaling.
需要说明的是在本申请中,簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员向簇首#A发送针对数据#C的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源(即,第二资源的一例)可以相同,也可以不同,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that in this application, each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A is the time-frequency resource (that is, the second resource) used when sending feedback information for data #C to cluster head #A. An example) may be the same or different, and is not particularly limited in the present application.
当簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送针对数据#C的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源相同,即,均为上述时频资源#B3时,各簇成员可以采用码分复用、频分复用或空分复用等方式使用该相同的时频资源传输各自的反馈信息。此情况下,在SCI#2(或者, SCI#1)中携带时频资源#B3的指示信息即可,从而能够减小信令开销。When each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses the same time-frequency resource when sending the feedback information for data #C, that is, the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #B3, each cluster member can use the same time-frequency resource. Code division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing or space division multiplexing etc. use the same time-frequency resource to transmit respective feedback information. In this case, the indication information of time-frequency resource #B3 may be carried in SCI#2 (or SCI#1), so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
当簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送针对数据#C的反馈信息时所使用的频资源不相同时,在SCI#2(或者,SCI#1)可以携带各簇成员发送针对数据#C的反馈信息时所使用的时频资源的指示信息。此情况下,能够降低通信的复杂度。When each cluster member in cluster #A that does not correctly receive data #A uses different frequency resources when sending feedback information for data #C, each cluster member can be carried in SCI #2 (or SCI #1) Indication information of the time-frequency resource used when sending the feedback information for data #C. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#B3的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#B3的时域位置(记做,时域位置#B3)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#B3的频域位置(记做,频域位置#B3)的指示信息。By way of example and not limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #B3) of the time-frequency resource #B3 and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #B3 Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #B3).
并且,该时域位置#B3的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#B3的相对位置,即该时域位置#B3相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(例如,图4所示t5),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于SCI#2(或者,SCI#1)的发送时刻,或者数据#C(或者说,承载数据#C的PSSCH)的发送时刻。In addition, the indication information of the time domain position #B3 can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #B3, that is, the time interval between the time domain position #B3 and the reference time domain position (for example, t5 shown in FIG. 4 ) For example, the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending time of SCI#2 (or, SCI#1), or the sending time of data #C (or, in other words, the PSSCH carrying data #C).
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#B3的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#B3的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#B3的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain position #B3 listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the indication information of the time domain position #B3 can also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #B3.
从而,簇首#A能够接收到簇#A中的未正确接收数据#A的各簇成员发送的针对数据#B的反馈信息。Therefore, the cluster head #A can receive the feedback information for the data #B sent by each cluster member in the cluster #A that has not correctly received the data #A.
其后,簇首#A可以根据针对数据#C的各反馈信息,生成反馈信息#A3(即,第一反馈信息的一例)。After that, the cluster head #A can generate feedback information #A3 (ie, an example of the first feedback information) based on the feedback information for the data #C.
从而,簇首#A在时频资源#A3(即,第一资源的一例)上向网络设备发送该反馈信息#A3。Therefore, the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #A3 to the network device on the time-frequency resource #A3 (ie, an example of the first resource).
该反馈信息#A3的指示方式、内容以及发送过程可以与上述反馈信息#A2相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。The indication manner, content and sending process of the feedback information #A3 may be similar to those of the above-mentioned feedback information #A2, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here in order to avoid redundant descriptions.
可选地,当簇#A内的至少一个簇成员未正确接收数据#C时,簇首#A还可以再次执行重传过程。Optionally, when at least one cluster member in the cluster #A does not correctly receive the data #C, the cluster head #A may also perform the retransmission process again.
例如,如果簇首#A正确接收数据#C,则可以由簇首#A执行簇内重传,该过程与图3所示过程相似,这里为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。For example, if the cluster head #A correctly receives the data #C, the cluster head #A can perform intra-cluster retransmission. This process is similar to the process shown in FIG. 3 , and its detailed description is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
或者,如果簇首#A正确接收数据#C,也可以指示簇成员#D进行数据#A的重传,该簇成员#D可以是正确接收数据#A的簇成员,或者,该簇成员#D可以是正确接收数据#B的簇成员,该过程与图3所示过程相似,这里为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。Alternatively, if the cluster head #A correctly receives the data #C, it can also instruct the cluster member #D to retransmit the data #A, and the cluster member #D may be the cluster member that correctly receives the data #A, or the cluster member # D may be a cluster member that correctly receives data #B. The process is similar to the process shown in FIG. 3 , and its detailed description is omitted here in order to avoid redundant description.
网络设备根据所接收到的反馈信息#A3,执行操作,该过程可以与上述网络设备基于反馈信息#A2的操作相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。The network device performs an operation according to the received feedback information #A3, and the process may be similar to the operation of the above-mentioned network device based on the feedback information #A2. Here, in order to avoid redundant description, the detailed description thereof is omitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述图3或图4所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到簇#A内的所有终端设备均正确接收到数据#A或数据#A的冗余版本。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until all terminal devices in cluster #A correctly receive data #A or data #A Redundant version.
另一种可能的实现方式中,上述图3或图4所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到簇#A内的正确接收到数据#A或数据#A的冗余版本的终端设备的数量大于或等于预设的数值#1,数值#1可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或数值#1可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或数值#1可由簇首确定。In another possible implementation manner, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until the data #A or the redundant version of the data #A is correctly received in the cluster #A. The number of terminal equipment is greater than or equal to the preset value #1. The value #1 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high-level signaling, or the value #1 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the value #1 can be configured by the terminal in the cluster. The cluster head is determined.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图3或图4所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到簇#A内的正确接收到数据#A或数据#A的冗余版本的终端设备的比例大于或等于预 设数值#2,数值#2可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或数值#2可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或数值#2可由簇首确定。In yet another possible implementation, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 can be repeated multiple times until the data #A or the redundant version of the data #A is correctly received in the cluster #A. The ratio of terminal equipment is greater than or equal to the preset value #2. The value #2 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high-level signaling, or the value #2 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the value #2 can be configured by the cluster. First confirmed.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图3或图4所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到重复次数达到预设门限#1,门限#1可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或门限#1可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或门限#1可由簇首确定。In yet another possible implementation, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4 can be repeated multiple times until the number of repetitions reaches a preset threshold #1, and the threshold #1 can be configured by the network side through high-level signaling. To the terminal in the cluster, or the threshold #1 can be sent by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through DCI, or the threshold #1 can be determined by the cluster head.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图3或图4所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到自接收到DCI(或PDSCH)的时刻起经历的时间长度达到预设门限#2,门限#2可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或门限#2可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或门限#2可由簇首确定。In yet another possible implementation, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 may be repeated multiple times until the time length elapsed since the moment when DCI (or PDSCH) is received reaches a preset threshold. 2. The threshold #2 can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold #2 can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold #2 can be determined by the cluster head.
例如,如图3或图4所示,设簇首#A最后一次向网络设备发送的反馈信息为反馈信息#X,并且,设该反馈信息#X的发送时刻与DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻时间的时间间隔为t4,则该DCI中可以携带t4的指示信息。For example, as shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 , let the feedback information sent by the cluster head #A to the network device for the last time be feedback information #X, and let the transmission time of the feedback information #X be the same as the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) The time interval of time and time is t4, and the indication information of t4 may be carried in the DCI.
再例如,该t4的时长也可以由通信协议规定,或由高层信令预先配置。For another example, the duration of t4 may also be specified by a communication protocol, or preconfigured by high-layer signaling.
需要说明的是,上述t1~t6中的部分或全部,可以由多种可能的取值。It should be noted that, some or all of the above-mentioned t1 to t6 may have various possible values.
在本申请中,该多种可能的取值可以分别保持在网络设备和终端设备中,例如,该多种可能的取值可以由网络设备半静态配置,此情况下,在DCI或SCI中可以携带当前希望的取值对应的索引。In this application, the multiple possible values may be maintained in the network device and the terminal device respectively. For example, the multiple possible values may be semi-statically configured by the network device. In this case, in the DCI or the SCI, the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value.
另外,如上所述在自DCI(或PDSCH)的发送时刻起经过规定的时长而形成的时间窗内可以包括多个用于簇首#A向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻,并且,簇首#A和网络设备可以无需在每一个时刻均传输反馈信息,例如,簇首#A在第i次(i≥1)向网络设备发送的反馈信息中可以包括第i+1次向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻。In addition, as described above, the time window formed by the lapse of a specified period of time from the transmission time of the DCI (or PDSCH) may include multiple times for the cluster head #A to send feedback information to the network device, and the cluster head #A A and the network device may not need to transmit feedback information at every moment. For example, the feedback information sent by cluster head #A to the network device for the i-th time (i≥1) may include the i+1-th time to send feedback to the network device moment of information.
并且,例如,第i+1次向网络设备发送反馈信息的时刻可以是簇首根据生成第i次向网络设备发送的反馈信息所基于的簇成员是否正确接收数据的情况确定的。And, for example, the time of sending the feedback information to the network device for the i+1th time may be determined by the cluster head according to whether the cluster member on which the feedback information sent to the network device for the i-th time is based on correctly receives data.
图5和图6示出了本申请的上行数据的传输过程,如图5和图6所示,当簇#1内的多个终端设备需要向网络设备发送上行数据时,在S210,网络设备可以通过组播(或广播)方式,向簇#1内的各终端设备发送DCI。例如,该DCI可以承载于PDCCH。Figures 5 and 6 show the transmission process of uplink data of the present application. As shown in Figures 5 and 6, when multiple terminal devices in cluster #1 need to send uplink data to the network device, at S210, the network device The DCI can be sent to each terminal device in cluster #1 by multicast (or broadcast). For example, the DCI may be carried on the PDCCH.
该DCI包括PSSCH的时频资源的指示信息。即,该PSSCH的时频资源是簇#1内的各簇成员首次向簇首#1发送上行数据的时频资源。The DCI includes indication information of time-frequency resources of the PSSCH. That is, the time-frequency resource of the PSSCH is the time-frequency resource for each cluster member in cluster #1 to transmit uplink data to cluster head #1 for the first time.
并且,簇#1内的终端设备可以盲检测DCI,进而根据接收到的DCI,确定PSSCH的时频资源。In addition, the terminal equipment in cluster #1 can blindly detect DCI, and then determine the time-frequency resource of PSSCH according to the received DCI.
在S220,簇#1内的簇成员向簇#1内的簇首(记做,簇首#1),发送各自的数据(其中,该数据是需要经由簇首#1发送给网络设备的数据)。In S220, the cluster members in cluster #1 send their respective data to the cluster head (denoted, cluster head #1) in cluster #1 (wherein, the data is the data that needs to be sent to the network device via cluster head #1) ).
其中,各簇成员发送上行数据的过程相似,这里,为了便于理解,以簇成员#1为例,对该过程进行详细说明。The process of sending uplink data by each cluster member is similar. Here, for ease of understanding, the process is described in detail by taking cluster member #1 as an example.
即,簇成员#1在DCI指示的PSSCH的时频资源(记做,时频资源#1a)上向簇首#1发送上行数据(记做,数据#1)。That is, cluster member #1 sends uplink data (denoted, data #1) to cluster head #1 on the time-frequency resource (denoted, time-frequency resource #1a) of the PSSCH indicated by the DCI.
其中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#1a的指示信息。Wherein, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a.
需要说明的是在本申请中,簇#1中的各簇成员向簇首#1发送上行数据时所使用的时频资源可以相同,也可以不同,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that in this application, the time-frequency resources used by each cluster member in cluster #1 to send uplink data to cluster head #1 may be the same or different, which is not particularly limited in this application.
当簇#1中的各簇成员向簇首#1发送上行数据时所使用的时频资源相同,即,均为上述时频资源#1a时,各簇成员可以采用码分复用、频分复用或空分复用等方式使用该相同的时频资源传输各自的反馈信息。此情况下,在DCI中携带时频资源#1a的指示信息即可,从而能够减小信令开销。When the time-frequency resources used by each cluster member in cluster #1 to send uplink data to cluster head #1 are the same, that is, the above-mentioned time-frequency resource #1a, each cluster member can use code division multiplexing, frequency division The same time-frequency resource is used to transmit the respective feedback information by means of multiplexing or space division multiplexing. In this case, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a may be carried in the DCI, so that signaling overhead can be reduced.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该DCI中可以指示网络设备分配给该簇#1的时频资源,并且,簇首#1可以预先告知各簇成员时频资源的分配规则,从而,簇成员#1能够根据该分配规则,从分配给该簇#1的时频资源中确定时频资源#1a。In a possible implementation manner, the DCI may instruct the network device to allocate time-frequency resources to the cluster #1, and the cluster head #1 may inform each cluster member of the time-frequency resource allocation rules in advance, so that the cluster members can #1 can determine the time-frequency resource #1a from the time-frequency resources allocated to the cluster #1 according to the allocation rule.
当簇#1中的各簇成员向簇首#1发送上行数据时所使用的时频资源不相同时,在DCI可以携带各簇成员发送上行数据时所使用的时频资源的指示信息。此情况下,能够降低通信的复杂度。When the time-frequency resources used by each cluster member in cluster #1 to send uplink data to cluster head #1 are different, the DCI may carry indication information of the time-frequency resource used by each cluster member when sending uplink data. In this case, the complexity of communication can be reduced.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#1a的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#1a的时域位置(记做,时域位置#1a)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#1a的频域位置(记做,频域位置#1a)的指示信息。As an example and not a limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #1a) of the time-frequency resource #1a and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #1a Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #1a).
并且,该时域位置#1a的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#1a的相对位置,即该时域位置#1a相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(记做,t a),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于DCI的发送时刻。In addition, the indication information of the time domain position #1a can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #1a, that is, the time interval (denoted, t a) of the time domain position #1a relative to the reference time domain position, for example , the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending moment of the DCI.
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#1a的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#1a的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#1a的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain position #1a listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the indication information of the time domain position #1a may also be used to indicate the Absolute position of time domain position #1a.
从而,簇首#1能够接收到各簇成员发送的上行数据。Therefore, the cluster head #1 can receive the uplink data sent by each cluster member.
当至少一个簇成员发送的上行数据未被簇首#1正确接收时,在S230,簇首#1生成反馈信息#2a。When the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member is not correctly received by the cluster head #1, at S230, the cluster head #1 generates feedback information #2a.
该反馈信息#2a用于指示簇#1内的至少一个簇成员发送的上行数据未被簇首#1正确接收。The feedback information #2a is used to indicate that the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member in the cluster #1 is not correctly received by the cluster head #1.
在S240,簇首#A在时频资源#2a上向网络设备发送该反馈信息#2a。At S240, the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #2a to the network device on the time-frequency resource #2a.
其中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#2a的指示信息。Wherein, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a.
作为示例而非限定,该时频资源#2a的指示信息可以包括该时频资源#2a的时域位置(记做,时域位置#2a)的指示信息和/或该时频资源#2a的频域位置(记做,频域位置#2a)的指示信息。By way of example and not limitation, the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a may include indication information of the time-domain position (denoted, time-domain position #2a) of the time-frequency resource #2a and/or the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a Indication information of the frequency domain position (denoted as frequency domain position #2a).
并且,该时域位置#2a的指示信息可以用于指示该时域位置#2a的相对位置,即该时域位置#2a相对于基准时域位置的时间间隔(记做,t b),例如,该基准时域位置可以包括但不限于DCI的发送时刻。And, the indication information of the time domain position #2a can be used to indicate the relative position of the time domain position #2a, that is, the time interval (denoted, t b) of the time domain position #2a relative to the reference time domain position, for example , the reference time domain position may include, but is not limited to, the sending moment of the DCI.
应理解,以上列举的时域位置#2a的指示信息所指示的具体内容仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该时域位置#2a的指示信息还可以用于指示该时域位置#2a的绝对位置。It should be understood that the specific content indicated by the indication information of the time domain position #2a listed above is only an exemplary illustration, and the present application is not limited to this. For example, the indication information of the time domain position #2a can also be used to indicate the The absolute position of time domain position #2a.
在本申请中,时域位置#1a的指示信息和时域位置#2a的指示信息可以由同一信息(记做,信息#2)指示。即,簇首#1在从DCI读取到该信息#2时,认为该信息#2指示时域位置#2a;簇成员#A在从DCI读取到该信息#2时,可以认为该信息#2指示时域位置#1a。In this application, the indication information of the time domain position #1a and the indication information of the time domain position #2a may be indicated by the same information (denoted, information #2). That is, when the cluster head #1 reads the information #2 from the DCI, it is considered that the information #2 indicates the time domain position #2a; when the cluster member #A reads the information #2 from the DCI, it can be considered that the information #2 #2 indicates time domain position #1a.
在一种可能的实施方式中,簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(例 如,该时域位置相对于DCI的时间间隔)存在P种可能的情况,并且,簇成员向簇首发送上行数据的时频资源的时域位置(例如,该时域位置相对于DCI的时间间隔)存在Q种可能的情况。即,该P种情况和Q种情况构成P·Q种可能的组合。In a possible implementation manner, there are P possible situations for the time domain position (for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of DCI) of the time-frequency resource for which the cluster head sends the feedback information to the network device, and the cluster members There are Q possible situations for the time domain position of the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data to the cluster head (for example, the time domain position relative to the time interval of the DCI). That is, the P cases and Q cases constitute P·Q possible combinations.
此情况下,在网络设备中可以存储表项3,该表项3可以保存P·Q种可能的组合与P·Q个索引之间的一一对应关系。In this case, an entry 3 may be stored in the network device, and the entry 3 may store a one-to-one correspondence between P·Q possible combinations and P·Q indices.
并且,在簇首#1中,可以存储表项3,或者,在簇首#1中可以存储P·Q个索引中的每个索引对应的簇首向网络设备发送反馈信息的时频资源的时域位置(即,上述P种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in the cluster head #1, table entry 3 may be stored, or in the cluster head #1, the time-frequency resources of the time-frequency resources for sending feedback information to the network device by the cluster head corresponding to each index in the P·Q indices may be stored in the cluster head #1. Time domain location (ie, one of the P possible locations above).
并且,在每个簇成员中,可以存储表项3,或者,在簇成员中可以存储P·Q个索引中的每个索引对应的簇成员向簇首发送上行数据的时频资源的时域位置(即,上述Q种可能的位置中的一种)。In addition, in each cluster member, table entry 3 may be stored, or, in the cluster member, the time domain of the time-frequency resource for sending uplink data to the cluster head by the cluster member corresponding to each of the P·Q indices may be stored in the cluster member position (ie, one of the Q possible positions above).
从而,网络设备可以根据表项#3,确定时域位置#1a和时域位置#2a构成的组合(记做,组合#C)对应的索引(记做,索引#C)。并将索引#C携带于DCI。Therefore, the network device can determine the index (denoted, index #C) corresponding to the combination (denoted as, combination #C) composed of time-domain location #1a and time-domain location #2a according to table entry #3. And carry index #C to DCI.
进而,簇首#1可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#C,进而确定时域位置#2a,簇成员#1可以从所保存的表项中确定索引#C,进而确定时域位置#1a。Further, the cluster head #1 can determine the index #C from the stored table entry, and then determine the time domain position #2a, and the cluster member #1 can determine the index #C from the saved table entry, and then determine the time domain position #2 1a.
频域位置#1a的指示信息和频域位置#1b的指示过程可以与时域位置#1a和时域位置#2a的指示过程相似,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。The indication information of the frequency domain location #1a and the indication process of the frequency domain location #1b may be similar to the indication processes of the time domain location #1a and the time domain location #2a, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted here to avoid redundant description.
在S250,网络设备根据所接收到的反馈信息#2a,等待簇#1内的对于上行数据的簇内重传过程。At S250, the network device waits for an intra-cluster retransmission process for uplink data in cluster #1 according to the received feedback information #2a.
下面,对该簇内重传过程进行详细说明。Hereinafter, the intra-cluster retransmission process will be described in detail.
以下,为了便于理解和说明,假设簇成员#1发送的上行数据(即,数据#1)未被簇首#1正确接收,并以簇成员#1在重传过程中的动作为例,对该重传过程进行说明。In the following, for ease of understanding and description, it is assumed that the uplink data (that is, data #1) sent by cluster member #1 is not correctly received by cluster head #1, and the action of cluster member #1 in the retransmission process is taken as an example, The retransmission process is described.
在S260,簇首#1可以发送SCI,该SCI包括PSSCH的时频资源,并且,该PSSCH用于承载未被簇首#1正确接收上行数据的簇成员(例如,簇成员#1)重传的上行数据,为了便于理解,将簇成员#1重传的上行数据记做数据#2,则该数据#2可以为数据#1,或者,该数据#2也可以为数据#1的冗余版本。In S260, the cluster head #1 may send an SCI, where the SCI includes time-frequency resources of the PSSCH, and the PSSCH is used to carry the retransmission of the cluster members (eg, cluster member #1) that are not correctly receiving the uplink data by the cluster head #1 For the convenience of understanding, the uplink data retransmitted by cluster member #1 is recorded as data #2, then the data #2 can be the data #1, or the data #2 can also be the redundancy of the data #1 Version.
作为示例而非限定,该SCI可以采用广播或组播方式发送。As an example and not a limitation, the SCI may be sent in a broadcast or multicast manner.
例如,该SCI中可以携带包括簇成员#1在内的未被簇首#1正确接收上行数据的簇成员的标识,从而,簇#1内的各簇成员判定自身的标识是否携带在该SCI中。如果判定结果为“是”,则可以确定其为该SCI的接收端(或者说,需要解析SCI),并且需要基于SCI的指示发送(或者说,重传)上行数据。For example, the SCI may carry the identifiers of cluster members including cluster member #1 that have not correctly received uplink data by cluster head #1, so that each cluster member in cluster #1 determines whether their own identifiers are carried in the SCI middle. If the determination result is "Yes", it can be determined that it is the receiving end of the SCI (or the SCI needs to be parsed), and the uplink data needs to be sent (or retransmitted) based on the indication of the SCI.
在一种实现方式中,簇#1内的簇成员可以盲检测SCI。In one implementation, cluster members within cluster #1 can blindly detect SCI.
从而,簇成员#1在SCI指示的用于簇成员#1重传上行数据的时频资源(时频资源#1b)上发送数据#2,簇首#1在时频资源#1b上接收数据#2。Therefore, cluster member #1 sends data #2 on the time-frequency resource (time-frequency resource #1b) indicated by the SCI for cluster member #1 to retransmit uplink data, and cluster head #1 receives data on time-frequency resource #1b #2.
需要说明的是,各簇成员重传上行数据时使用的时频资源可以相同也可以不同,本申请并未特别限定。It should be noted that the time-frequency resources used by each cluster member when retransmitting uplink data may be the same or different, which is not particularly limited in this application.
在一种实现方式中,该时频资源#1b的时域位置与SCI的发送时刻之间各有规定的时间间隔(记做,t c),并且,该t c可以由通信协议规定,或者,该t c也可以由网络设备或簇首#1预先指示。In an implementation manner, there is a specified time interval (denoted as t c ) between the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #1b and the transmission moment of the SCI, and the t c may be specified by the communication protocol, or , the t c may also be pre-indicated by the network device or cluster head #1.
当簇#1内的每个簇成员发送的上行数据均正确接收,则簇首#1在S270向网络设备发送PUSCH,该PUSCH包括簇#1内的需要发送上行数据的各终端设备的上行数据。When the uplink data sent by each cluster member in cluster #1 is correctly received, cluster head #1 sends a PUSCH to the network device at S270, and the PUSCH includes the uplink data of each terminal device in cluster #1 that needs to send uplink data .
当至少一个簇成员发送的上行数据未被簇首#1正确接收时,在S280,簇首#1生成反馈信息#2b。When the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member is not correctly received by the cluster head #1, at S280, the cluster head #1 generates feedback information #2b.
该反馈信息#2b用于指示簇#1内的至少一个簇成员发送的上行数据未被簇首#1正确接收。The feedback information #2b is used to indicate that the uplink data sent by at least one cluster member in the cluster #1 is not correctly received by the cluster head #1.
并且,簇首#A在时频资源#2b上向网络设备发送该反馈信息#2b。And, the cluster head #A sends the feedback information #2b to the network device on the time-frequency resource #2b.
在一种实现方式中,上述DCI中携带有该时频资源#2b的指示信息。并且,该时频资源#2b的指示信息指示的内容以及形式与时频资源#2a的指示信息类似,这里为了避免赘述省略其详细说明。In an implementation manner, the above-mentioned DCI carries the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2b. In addition, the content and form indicated by the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2b are similar to the indication information of the time-frequency resource #2a, and the detailed description thereof is omitted here to avoid redundant description.
在另一种实现方式中,该时频资源#2b的时域位置与时频资源#2a的时域位置之间各有规定的时间间隔(记做,t d)。In another implementation manner, there is a predetermined time interval (denoted, t d ) between the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #2b and the time domain position of the time-frequency resource #2a.
例如,该t d与t b相同,即,在本申请中,可能出现多次簇内重传的情况,此情况下,簇首#1向网络设备发送反馈信息的时域资源周期性出现,从而能够减小信令开销。For example, the t d is the same as t b, that is, in this application, multiple intra-cluster retransmissions may occur. In this case, the time domain resources for the cluster head #1 to send feedback information to the network device appear periodically, Thus, signaling overhead can be reduced.
或者,该DCI中可以携带t d的指示信息。Alternatively, the indication information of t d may be carried in the DCI.
在一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到簇首#1正确接收到需要发送上行数据的所有终端设备所发送的上行数据。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 may be repeated many times until cluster head #1 correctly receives the uplink data sent by all terminal devices that need to send uplink data.
另一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到被簇首#1正确接收到上行数据的簇成员的数量大于或等于规定的阈值a,阈值a可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或阈值a可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或阈值a可由簇首确定。In another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the number of cluster members whose uplink data is correctly received by the cluster head #1 is greater than or equal to the specified threshold a, The threshold a can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold a can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold a can be determined by the cluster head.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到被簇首#1正确接收到上行数据的簇成员所占的比例大于或等于规定的阈值b,阈值b可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或阈值b可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或阈值b可由簇首确定。In another possible implementation manner, the retransmission process within the cluster shown in the above Figure 5 can be repeated many times until the proportion of the cluster members whose uplink data is correctly received by the cluster head #1 is greater than or equal to the specified threshold. b. The threshold b can be configured by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold b can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold b can be determined by the cluster head.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到重复次数达到预设门限#a,门限#a可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或门限#a可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或门限#a可由簇首确定。In another possible implementation manner, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the number of repetitions reaches a preset threshold #a, and the threshold #a can be configured by the network side to the intra-cluster through high-level signaling. The terminal, or the threshold #a can be sent by the network side to the terminal in the cluster through DCI, or the threshold #a can be determined by the cluster head.
再一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的簇内重传过程可以重复多次进行,直到自接收到DCI的时刻起经历的时间长度达到预设门限#b,门限#b可由网络侧通过高层信令配置给簇内终端,或门限#b可由网络侧通过DCI发送给簇内终端,或门限#b可由簇首确定。In another possible implementation manner, the intra-cluster retransmission process shown in FIG. 5 can be repeated many times until the time length elapsed since the moment when the DCI is received reaches a preset threshold #b, and the threshold #b can be determined by the network. The side is configured to the terminal in the cluster through high layer signaling, or the threshold #b can be sent to the terminal in the cluster by the network side through DCI, or the threshold #b can be determined by the cluster head.
例如,设簇首#1向网络设备发送PDSCH的最晚时刻与DCI的发送时刻之间的时间间隔为t e,则该DCI中可以携带t e的指示信息。For example, suppose that the time interval between the latest time when the cluster head #1 sends the PDSCH to the network device and the time when the DCI is sent is te, then the DCI can carry the indication information of te.
再例如,该t e的时长也可以由通信协议或高层信令预先规定。For another example, the duration of te may also be predetermined by a communication protocol or high-layer signaling.
需要说明的是,上述t a~t e中的部分或全部,可以由多种可能的取值。It should be noted that, some or all of the above-mentioned ta to te may have various possible values.
在本申请中,该多种可能的取值可以分别保持在网络设备和终端设备中,例如,该多种可能的取值可以由网络设备半静态配置,此情况下,在DCI或SCI中可以携带当前希望的取值对应的索引。In this application, the multiple possible values may be maintained in the network device and the terminal device respectively. For example, the multiple possible values may be semi-statically configured by the network device. In this case, in the DCI or the SCI, the Carry the index corresponding to the current desired value.
在现有技术中,通过高层信令,例如RRC信令配置终端设备发送配置的调度(configured grant,CG)PUSCH资源的类型包括类型1(Type1)和类型2(Type2)。In the prior art, a terminal device is configured to send a configured scheduled (configured grant, CG) PUSCH resource through higher layer signaling, such as RRC signaling, including type 1 (Type1) and type 2 (Type2).
在Type 1中,仅使用RRC信令配置免授权资源,而不需要使用DCI来进行资源配置和激活传输。In Type 1, only RRC signaling is used to configure unlicensed resources, and DCI is not required for resource configuration and activation transmission.
在Type 2中,需要使用RRC信令和DCI来配置免授权资源,其中RRC信令用于配置包括周期等在内的参数,而DCI用于激活、去激活以及配置时、频域资源等其他参数,终端只有在收到DCI之后才能使用所配置的免授权传输资源。In Type 2, RRC signaling and DCI need to be used to configure unlicensed resources, where RRC signaling is used to configure parameters including period, and DCI is used for activation, deactivation, and configuration, frequency domain resources, etc. parameter, the terminal can use the configured license-free transmission resources only after receiving the DCI.
在本申请的SCI中,可以包括字段C和字段D。In the SCI of this application, Field C and Field D may be included.
其中,字段D包括一个或多个终端设备的标识。Wherein, field D includes the identifiers of one or more terminal devices.
字段C中承载的信息用于指示字段D包括的标识所指示的终端设备是数据的发送方还是接收端。The information carried in field C is used to indicate whether the terminal device indicated by the identifier included in field D is a sender or a receiver of data.
对于一个终端设备(记做,终端设备#X),如果字段C携带的信息指示“发送”,则For a terminal device (denoted, terminal device #X), if the information carried in field C indicates "send", then
当字段D中包括终端设备#X的标识时,终端设备#D激活CG,并根据高层配置和该SCI中的资源,发送CG数据包。When field D includes the identification of terminal device #X, terminal device #D activates the CG, and sends a CG data packet according to the high-level configuration and the resources in the SCI.
当字段D中不包括终端设备#X的标识时,终端设备#D无行为,或者说,终端设备#D不激活CG。可选地,终端设备#X可以监听其他终端设备发送的CG数据包。When the identifier of the terminal device #X is not included in the field D, the terminal device #D has no action, or in other words, the terminal device #D does not activate the CG. Optionally, terminal device #X can monitor CG data packets sent by other terminal devices.
如果字段C携带的信息指示“接收”,则If the information carried by field C indicates "received", then
当字段D中包括终端设备#X的标识时,终端设备#D需要接收CG数据包。When the field D includes the identification of the terminal device #X, the terminal device #D needs to receive the CG data packet.
当字段D中不包括终端设备#X的标识时,终端设备#D无行为。When the field D does not include the identity of the terminal device #X, the terminal device #D has no action.
图7是本申请实施例提供的无线通信装置的示意性框图。如图7所示,该装置300可以包括通信单元310和处理单元320。通信单元310可以与外部进行通信,处理单元320用于进行数据处理。通信单元310还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a wireless communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7 , the apparatus 300 may include a communication unit 310 and a processing unit 320 . The communication unit 310 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 320 is used for data processing. The communication unit 310 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置300可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,其中,处理单元320用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关的操作,通信单元310用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作。In a possible design, the apparatus 300 may implement steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, wherein the processing unit 320 is configured to perform processing related to the network device in the above method embodiments. In operation, the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the transmission and reception of the network device in the above method embodiments.
在又一种可能的设计中,该装置300可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的簇首终端设备(例如,簇首#A或簇首#1)执行的步骤或者流程,其中,通信单元310用于执行上文方法实施例中簇首终端设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元320用于执行上文方法实施例中簇首终端设备的处理相关的操作。In yet another possible design, the apparatus 300 may implement the steps or processes performed by the cluster head terminal device (eg, cluster head #A or cluster head #1) corresponding to the above method embodiments, wherein the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 320 is configured to perform the operations related to the processing of the cluster head terminal device in the above method embodiments.
在又一种可能的设计中,该装置300可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的簇成员终端设备(例如,簇成员#A、簇成员#C或簇成员#1)执行的步骤或者流程,其中,通信单元310用于执行上文方法实施例中簇成员终端设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元320用于执行上文方法实施例中簇成员终端设备的处理相关的操作。In yet another possible design, the apparatus 300 may implement the steps or processes performed by the cluster member terminal equipment (eg, cluster member #A, cluster member #C, or cluster member #1) corresponding to the above method embodiments. , wherein the communication unit 310 is configured to perform the operations related to the sending and receiving of the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 320 is configured to perform the processing related operations of the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments.
应理解,这里的装置300以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置300可以具体为上述实施例中的网络设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与网络设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,或者,装置300可以具体为上述实施例中的 簇首终端设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与簇首终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,或者,装置300可以具体为上述实施例中的簇成员终端设备,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中与簇成员终端设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 300 here is embodied in the form of functional units. The term "unit" as used herein may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor for executing one or more software or firmware programs (eg, a shared processor, a dedicated processor, or a group of processors, etc.) and memory, merge logic, and/or other suitable components to support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art can understand that the apparatus 300 may be specifically the network device in the foregoing embodiment, and may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, or, The apparatus 300 may be specifically the cluster head terminal equipment in the above-mentioned embodiments, and may be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the cluster head terminal equipment in the above-mentioned method embodiments, or the apparatus 300 may be specifically the above-mentioned embodiments. The cluster member terminal equipment can be used to execute each process and/or step corresponding to the cluster member terminal equipment in the above method embodiments, and to avoid repetition, details are not described herein again.
上述各个方案的装置300具有实现上述方法中网络设备所执行的相应步骤的功能,或者,上述各个方案的装置300具有实现上述方法中簇首终端设备所执行的相应步骤的功能,或者,上述各个方案的装置300具有实现上述方法中簇成员终端设备所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如通信单元可以由收发机替代(例如,通信单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,通信单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 300 in each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the network equipment in the above method, or the apparatus 300 in each of the above solutions has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the cluster head terminal device in the above method, or, each of the above The apparatus 300 of the solution has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the terminal device of the cluster member in the above method. The functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions; for example, the communication unit may be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the transmitting unit in the communication unit may be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the communication unit may be replaced by a receiving unit). machine replacement), other units, such as a processing unit, etc., may be replaced by a processor, respectively, to perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
此外,上述通信单元还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元可以是处理电路。在本申请的实施例,图7中的装置可以是前述实施例中的网络设备或终端设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,通信单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。In addition, the above-mentioned communication unit may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit. In the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus in FIG. 7 may be the network device or terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (system on chip, SoC). Wherein, the communication unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. This is not limited.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的无线通信装置400。该装置400包括处理器410和收发器420。其中,处理器410和收发器420通过内部连接通路互相通信,该处理器410用于执行指令,以控制该收发器420发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 8 shows a wireless communication apparatus 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 400 includes a processor 410 and a transceiver 420 . The processor 410 and the transceiver 420 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processor 410 is configured to execute instructions to control the transceiver 420 to send and/or receive signals.
可选地,该装置400还可以包括存储器430,该存储器430与处理器410、收发器420通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储器430用于存储指令,该处理器410可以执行该存储器430中存储的指令。在一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于实现上述方法实施例中的网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置400用于实现上述方法实施例中的终端设备(例如,簇首终端设备或簇成员终端设备)对应的各个流程和步骤。Optionally, the apparatus 400 may further include a memory 430, and the memory 430 communicates with the processor 410 and the transceiver 420 through an internal connection path. The memory 430 is used to store instructions, and the processor 410 can execute the instructions stored in the memory 430 . In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 400 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal equipment (eg, cluster head terminal equipment or cluster member terminal equipment) in the foregoing method embodiments.
应理解,装置400可以具体为上述实施例中的网络设备或终端设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统。对应的,该收发器420可以是该芯片的收发电路,在此不做限定。It should be understood that the apparatus 400 may specifically be a network device or a terminal device in the foregoing embodiments, and may also be a chip or a chip system. Correspondingly, the transceiver 420 may be a transceiver circuit of the chip, which is not limited herein.
可选地,该存储器430可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。该处理器410可以用于执行存储器中存储的指令,并且当该处理器410执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器410用于执行上述与网络设备或终端设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。Optionally, the memory 430 may include read only memory and random access memory and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory. For example, the memory may also store device type information. The processor 410 may be configured to execute the instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor 410 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 410 is configured to execute each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment corresponding to the network device or the terminal device and/or process.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, detailed description is omitted here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软 件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。本申请实施例中的处理器可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in this embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment may be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The aforementioned processors may be general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The processor in the embodiments of the present application may implement or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as executed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software modules may be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other storage media mature in the art. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in this embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的无线通信装置500。该装置500包括处理电路510和收发电路520。其中,处理电路510和收发电路520通过内部连接通路互相通信,该处理电路510用于执行指令,以控制该收发电路520发送信号和/或接收信号。FIG. 9 shows a wireless communication apparatus 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 500 includes a processing circuit 510 and a transceiver circuit 520 . The processing circuit 510 and the transceiver circuit 520 communicate with each other through an internal connection path, and the processing circuit 510 is used for executing instructions to control the transceiver circuit 520 to send and/or receive signals.
可选地,该装置500还可以包括存储介质530,该存储介质530与处理电路510、收发电路520通过内部连接通路互相通信。该存储介质530用于存储指令,该处理电路510可以执行该存储介质530中存储的指令。在一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于实现上述方法实施例中的网络设备对应的各个流程和步骤。在另一种可能的实现方式中,装置500用于实现上述方法实施例中的终端设备(例如,簇首终端设备或簇成员终端设备)对应的各个流程和步骤。Optionally, the apparatus 500 may further include a storage medium 530, and the storage medium 530 communicates with the processing circuit 510 and the transceiver circuit 520 through an internal connection path. The storage medium 530 is used for storing instructions, and the processing circuit 510 can execute the instructions stored in the storage medium 530 . In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to implement each process and step corresponding to the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus 500 is configured to implement various processes and steps corresponding to the terminal equipment (eg, cluster head terminal equipment or cluster member terminal equipment) in the above method embodiments.
图10为本申请提供的一种终端设备600的结构示意图。上述装置300~装置500中的任一装置可以配置在该终端设备600中,或者,上述装置300~装置500中的任一装置本身可以即为该终端设备600。或者说,该终端设备600可以执行上述图2~图6中所示任一方法中终端设备(例如,簇首终端设备或簇成员终端设备)执行的动作。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 600 provided by this application. Any one of the foregoing apparatuses 300 to 500 may be configured in the terminal device 600 , or any one of the foregoing apparatuses 300 to 500 may itself be the terminal device 600 . In other words, the terminal device 600 may perform the actions performed by the terminal device (for example, the cluster head terminal device or the cluster member terminal device) in any of the methods shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 6 above.
为了便于说明,图10仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图10所示,终端设备600包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For the convenience of explanation, FIG. 10 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 10 , the terminal device 600 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实 施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs, for example, for supporting the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. the described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. The control circuit together with the antenna can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is powered on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图10仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。It can be understood by those skilled in the art that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 10 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图10中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that a terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, a terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capability, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and communication data may be built in the processor, or may be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
如图10所示,终端设备600包括收发单元610和处理单元620。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元610中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元610中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备600的收发单元610,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备600的处理单元620。As shown in FIG. 10 , the terminal device 600 includes a transceiver unit 610 and a processing unit 620 . The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 610 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver unit 610 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, and the like, and the transmitting unit may be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like. Exemplarily, in this embodiment of the present application, an antenna and a control circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as the transceiver unit 610 of the terminal device 600 , and a processor with a processing function may be regarded as the processing unit 620 of the terminal device 600 .
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备700的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的网络设备的功能。网络设备700包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)910和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)920。所述RRU910可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线911和射频单元912。所述RRU910部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU920部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU910与BBU920可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 700 according to an embodiment of the present application, which may be used to implement the functions of the network device in the foregoing method. The network device 700 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 910 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DUs) 920. The RRU 910 may be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 911 and a radio frequency unit 912 . The RRU910 part is mainly used for receiving and sending radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals to baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiments to terminal equipment. The part of the BBU920 is mainly used to perform baseband processing and control the base station. The RRU 910 and the BBU 920 may be physically set together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU920为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能, 如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)920可以用于控制网络设备执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU920 is the control center of the base station, which can also be called a processing unit, and is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spectrum spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 920 may be used to control the network device to execute the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
在一个示例中,所述BBU920可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU920还包括存储器921和处理器922。所述存储器921用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器921存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器922用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器921和处理器922可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU920 may be composed of one or more single boards, and the multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access modes respectively. into the standard wireless access network. The BBU 920 also includes a memory 921 and a processor 922 . The memory 921 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 921 stores the codebook and the like in the above-described embodiments. The processor 922 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation flow of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. The memory 921 and processor 922 may serve one or more single boards. That is to say, the memory and processor can be provided separately on each single board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits may also be provided on each single board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将920部分和910部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗网络设备功能芯片实现,该网络设备功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,网络设备相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现网络设备的相关功能。可选的,该网络设备功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现网络设备的相关功能。In a possible implementation, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 920 and part 910 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, a network device function Chip implementation, the network device function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the network device-related function is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the network device-related function. Optionally, the network device function chip can also read a memory outside the chip to implement related functions of the network device.
应理解,图11示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 11 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation to the embodiments of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of network device structures that may appear in the future.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2至图6所示任一实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 . method in any of the embodiments.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图2至图6所示任一实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application further provides a computer-readable medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the programs shown in FIGS. 2 to 6 . method in any of the embodiments.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的接入设备和多个终端设备,其中,该多个终端设备构成一个簇,该簇中包括簇首终端设备和一个或多个簇成员终端设备。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access device and multiple terminal devices, wherein the multiple terminal devices form a cluster, and the cluster includes a cluster head Terminal devices and one or more cluster member terminal devices.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随 机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically programmable Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM) Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Fetch memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wire (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。此外,本文中术语“……中的至少一个”或“……中至少一种”或类似表述,表示所列出的各项的任意组合,例如,A、B和C中的至少一个(或者A、B或C中的至少一个),可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C,同时存在A和B,同时存在A和C,同时存在B和C,同时存在A、B和C这七种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time , there are three cases of B alone. Furthermore, the terms "at least one of" or "at least one of" or similar expressions herein mean any combination of the listed items, eg, at least one of A, B, and C (or At least one of A, B or C), can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, A and C exist simultaneously, B and C exist simultaneously, A, B and C these seven situations. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be dealt with in the embodiments of the present application. implementation constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接 耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    网络设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源,所述第一反馈信息是基于所述第二反馈信息确定的;The network device sends downlink control information, the downlink control information includes one or more first resource indication information and second resource indication information, and each first resource includes information for the cluster head terminal device to send to the network device. The resource of the first feedback information of the first data, the second resource includes the resource for the cluster member terminal device to send the second feedback information for the first data to the cluster head terminal device, the first feedback information is determined based on the second feedback information;
    所述网络设备发送所述第一数据;sending, by the network device, the first data;
    所述网络设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,接收所述第一反馈信息。The network device receives the first feedback information on one of the one or more first resources.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,The method according to claim 1, wherein the downlink control information includes a first field,
    在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,In the case that the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource,
    在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一反馈信息是所述网络设备第i次接收的反馈信息,i≥1,以及The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first feedback information is feedback information received by the network device for the i-th time, i≥1, and
    所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述网络设备第i+j次接收第一反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。The first feedback information further includes information used to determine the resource for the network device to receive the first feedback information for the i+jth time, where j≥1.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,多个第一资源周期性分布。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息还包括以下至少一种信息:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information:
    第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中Information of the first period, information of the first quantity, information of the period of the first resource, wherein
    所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻经历第一时长的时段,或者The first time period is a time period that has elapsed since the moment when the downlink control information was sent, or
    所述第一时段用于确定所述多个第一资源的时间范围;the first time period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources;
    所述第一数量是所述多个第一资源的数量。The first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
  6. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    簇首终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源;The cluster head terminal device receives downlink control information, the downlink control information includes one or more first resource indication information and second resource indication information, and each first resource includes information for the cluster head terminal device to send to the network device sending resources for the first feedback information for the first data, the second resources include resources for the cluster member terminal equipment to send the second feedback information for the first data to the cluster head terminal equipment;
    所述簇首终端设备接收所述第一数据;The cluster head terminal device receives the first data;
    所述簇首终端设备在所述第二资源,接收所述第二反馈信息;The cluster head terminal device receives the second feedback information in the second resource;
    所述簇首终端设备根据所述第二反馈信息,确定所述第一反馈信息;The cluster head terminal device determines the first feedback information according to the second feedback information;
    所述簇首终端设备在所述一个或多个第一资源中的一个第一资源,发送所述第一反馈信息。The cluster head terminal device sends the first feedback information on one of the one or more first resources.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段,The method according to claim 6, wherein the downlink control information includes a first field,
    在所述簇首终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第一资源的指示信息,In the case that the cluster head terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the first resource,
    在所述簇成员终端设备是所述下行控制信息的接收端的情况下,第一字段承载的信息为所述第二资源的指示信息。When the cluster member terminal device is the receiver of the downlink control information, the information carried in the first field is the indication information of the second resource.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,当一个或多个第一簇成员终端设备发送的第二反馈信息指示所述第一数据未被正确接收时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein when the second feedback information sent by one or more first cluster member terminal devices indicates that the first data is not correctly received, the method further comprises:
    所述簇首终端设备重传所述第一数据;或者The cluster head terminal device retransmits the first data; or
    所述簇首终端设备指示一个或多个第二簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据,其中,所述第二簇成员终端设备为发送了第二反馈信息的簇成员终端设备,所述第二反馈信息指示所述第一数据被正确接收。The cluster head terminal device instructs one or more second cluster member terminal devices to retransmit the first data, wherein the second cluster member terminal device is the cluster member terminal device that sent the second feedback information, and the The second feedback information indicates that the first data is correctly received.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息用于指示第三资源,所述第三资源用于所述第一数据的重传。The cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for retransmission of the first data.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述簇首终端设备接收针对重传的第一数据的第三反馈信息。The cluster head terminal device receives third feedback information for the retransmitted first data.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端的终端设备的标识。The cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, where the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes an identifier of the terminal device that is the sender of the retransmission of the first data.
  12. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述簇首终端设备发送侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第三字段和第四字段,所述三字段包括一个或多个第三簇成员终端设备的标识,所述第四字段承载的信息用于指示所述第三簇成员设备作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端还是接收端。The cluster head terminal device sends sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, the three fields include the identifiers of one or more third cluster member terminal devices, and the fourth field The information carried is used to indicate whether the third cluster member device acts as a sender or a receiver of retransmission of the first data.
  13. 根据权利要求6至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一反馈信息是所述簇首终端设备第i次发送的反馈信息,i≥1,以及The method according to any one of claims 6 to 12, wherein the first feedback information is feedback information sent by the cluster head terminal device for the i-th time, i≥1, and
    所述第一反馈信息还包括用于确定所述簇首终端设备第i+j次发送第一反馈信息的资源的信息,j≥1。The first feedback information further includes information used to determine the resource for the i+jth sending of the first feedback information by the cluster head terminal device, where j≥1.
  14. 根据权利要求6至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,多个第一资源周期性分布。The method according to any one of claims 6 to 13, wherein the plurality of first resources are distributed periodically.
  15. 根据权利要求6至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息还包括以下至少一种信息:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 14, wherein the downlink control information further includes at least one of the following information:
    第一时段的信息、第一数量的信息、所述第一资源的周期的信息,其中Information of the first period, information of the first quantity, information of the period of the first resource, wherein
    所述第一时段是自所述下行控制信息的发送时刻经历第一时长的时段,或者The first time period is a time period that has elapsed since the moment when the downlink control information was sent, or
    所述第一时间段用于确定所述多个第一资源的时间范围;the first time period is used to determine the time range of the plurality of first resources;
    所述第一数量是所述多个第一资源的数量。The first quantity is the quantity of the plurality of first resources.
  16. 一种无线通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一簇成员终端设备接收下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息包括一个或多个第一资源的指示信息和第二资源的指示信息,每个第一资源包括用于簇首终端设备向所述网络设备发送针对第一数据的第一反馈信息的资源,所述第二资源包括用于簇成员终端设备向所述 簇首终端设备发送针对所述第一数据的第二反馈信息的资源;The first cluster member terminal equipment receives downlink control information, the downlink control information includes one or more indication information of the first resource and indication information of the second resource, and each first resource includes information for the cluster head terminal equipment to send to the The network device sends resources for the first feedback information for the first data, and the second resources include resources for the cluster member terminal device to send the second feedback information for the first data to the cluster head terminal device;
    所述第一簇成员终端设备接收所述第一数据;The first cluster member terminal device receives the first data;
    所述第一簇成员终端设备在所述第二时频资源,发送所述第二反馈信息。The first cluster member terminal device sends the second feedback information on the second time-frequency resource.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息包括第一字段;The method according to claim 16, wherein the downlink control information comprises a first field;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备根据所述第一字段承载的信息确定所述第二资源。The first cluster member terminal device determines the second resource according to the information carried in the first field.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一簇成员终端设备未正确接收所述第一数据时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein when the first cluster member terminal device does not correctly receive the first data, the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备接收所述簇首终端设备或其他簇成员终端设备重传的第一数据。The first cluster member terminal device receives the first data retransmitted by the cluster head terminal device or other cluster member terminal devices.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备向所述簇首终端设备发送针对重传的所述第一数据的第三反馈信息。The first cluster member terminal device sends third feedback information for the retransmitted first data to the cluster head terminal device.
  20. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一簇成员终端设备正确接收所述第一数据时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein when the first cluster member terminal device correctly receives the first data, the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备向第三簇成员终端设备重传所述第一数据,其中,所述第三簇成员终端设备包括未正确接收所述第一数据的簇成员终端设备。The first cluster member terminal device retransmits the first data to a third cluster member terminal device, wherein the third cluster member terminal device includes a cluster member terminal device that does not correctly receive the first data.
  21. 根据权利要求18至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息用于指示第三资源,所述第三资源用于所述第一数据的重传。The first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, where the sideline control information is used to indicate a third resource, and the third resource is used for retransmission of the first data.
  22. 根据权利要求18至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第二字段,所述第二字段包括作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端的终端设备的标识。The first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, where the sideline control information includes a second field, and the second field includes an identifier of the terminal device that is the sender of the retransmission of the first data.
  23. 根据权利要求18至22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 22, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一簇成员终端设备接收侧行控制信息,所述侧行控制信息包括第三字段和第四字段,所述三字段包括一个或多个第三簇成员终端设备的标识,所述第四字段承载的信息用于指示所述第三簇成员设备作为所述第一数据的重传的发送端还是接收端。The first cluster member terminal device receives sideline control information, the sideline control information includes a third field and a fourth field, the three fields include one or more identifiers of the third cluster member terminal device, and the first cluster member terminal device. The information carried in the four fields is used to indicate whether the third cluster member device acts as a sender or a receiver of retransmission of the first data.
  24. 一种无线通信的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for wireless communication, comprising:
    用于实现权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法的单元;或者A unit for implementing the method of any one of claims 1 to 5; or
    用于实现权利要求6至15中任一项所述的方法的单元;或者A unit for implementing the method of any one of claims 6 to 15; or
    用于实现权利要求16至23中任一项所述的方法的单元。A unit for implementing the method of any one of claims 16 to 23.
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序运行时,A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs,
    使得装置执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法,或者causing the apparatus to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 5, or
    使得装置执行如权利要求6至15中任意一项所述的方法,或者causing the apparatus to perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 6 to 15, or
    使得装置执行如权利要求16至23中任意一项所述的方法。The apparatus is caused to perform a method as claimed in any one of claims 16 to 23.
  26. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,A chip system is characterized by comprising: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory,
    使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法; 或者causing a communication device mounted with the chip system to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 5; or
    使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求6至15中任意一项所述的方法;或者causing a communication device mounted with the chip system to perform the method of any one of claims 6 to 15; or
    使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求16至23中任意一项所述的方法。A communication device mounted with the chip system is caused to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 16 to 23 .
  27. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A communication system, characterized in that it includes:
    网络设备,用于执行如权利要求1至5中任意一项所述的方法;a network device for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 5;
    簇首终端设备,用于执行如权利要求6至15中任意一项所述的方法;A cluster head terminal device for performing the method according to any one of claims 6 to 15;
    至少一个簇成员终端设备,用于执行如权利要求16至23中任意一项所述的方法。At least one cluster member terminal device for performing the method according to any one of claims 16 to 23.
PCT/CN2020/102753 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus WO2022011697A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/102753 WO2022011697A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus
CN202080100275.6A CN115462149A (en) 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Wireless communication method and wireless communication device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/102753 WO2022011697A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022011697A1 true WO2022011697A1 (en) 2022-01-20

Family

ID=79556076

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/102753 WO2022011697A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2020-07-17 Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115462149A (en)
WO (1) WO2022011697A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115334634A (en) * 2022-07-12 2022-11-11 北京邮电大学 Joint Scheduling Method and Related Devices for Radio Resources in Time-Sensitive Networks

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101917672A (en) * 2010-08-11 2010-12-15 北京邮电大学 Coordinated Transmission Method for Wireless Broadcast Multicast Service
CN104486052A (en) * 2014-12-30 2015-04-01 厦门大学 Multicast retransmission method and device based on D2D cluster under high packet loss probability
CN111278050A (en) * 2019-07-24 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource allocation method, information transmission method and related equipment
CN111294861A (en) * 2019-07-08 2020-06-16 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Multicast feedback resource determination method and device, storage medium and user equipment
WO2020145802A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Timing related method for transmitting feedback information in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101917672A (en) * 2010-08-11 2010-12-15 北京邮电大学 Coordinated Transmission Method for Wireless Broadcast Multicast Service
CN104486052A (en) * 2014-12-30 2015-04-01 厦门大学 Multicast retransmission method and device based on D2D cluster under high packet loss probability
WO2020145802A1 (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Timing related method for transmitting feedback information in wireless communication system
CN111294861A (en) * 2019-07-08 2020-06-16 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Multicast feedback resource determination method and device, storage medium and user equipment
CN111278050A (en) * 2019-07-24 2020-06-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Resource allocation method, information transmission method and related equipment

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CONVIDA WIRELESS: "Discussion on Resource Allocation for NR V2X Mode 1", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1911333_DISCUSSION ON RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR NR V2X MODE 1, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191020, 8 October 2019 (2019-10-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051790099 *
VIVO: "Discussion on mode 1 resource allocation mechanism", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1910212_VIVO, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191020, 4 October 2019 (2019-10-04), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051789017 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115334634A (en) * 2022-07-12 2022-11-11 北京邮电大学 Joint Scheduling Method and Related Devices for Radio Resources in Time-Sensitive Networks

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115462149A (en) 2022-12-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11825488B2 (en) Techniques in configured grant uplink transmission in new radio (NR) systems operating in unlicensed spectrum
CN110932820B (en) Method for transmitting and receiving uplink control information and communication device
EP3588825A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information
EP3288326B1 (en) Method of transmitting feedback information, terminal equipment and base station
WO2019233339A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
US20220224452A1 (en) Feedback Information Transmission Method and Apparatus
WO2021043174A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021057805A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2020220253A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication devices
WO2020029199A1 (en) Method for transmitting information, terminal device and network device
WO2021134717A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US20210022160A1 (en) Communication method and communications apparatus
KR20200138814A (en) Methods of transmitting data, terminals and network devices
AU2016362088A1 (en) Method and apparatus for decoupling uplink latency using common uplink burst in TDD subframe structure
WO2020156394A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus
US11564246B2 (en) Information transmission method, communications device, and network device
US20220368505A1 (en) Data feedback method and apparatus
WO2022021007A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
JP7444291B2 (en) Sidelink feedback information transmission/reception method and device
WO2022011697A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus
EP4192155A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021134578A1 (en) Multi-hop transmission method, and device
WO2019191911A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2021227142A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback method, terminal device and network device
WO2020031278A1 (en) Transmission device, receiving device, wireless communication system and communication method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20945531

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20945531

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

点击 这是indexloc提供的php浏览器服务,不要输入任何密码和下载